1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. 4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. 5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception 6 // 7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8 // 9 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 10 // 11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 12 13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 46 #include <algorithm> 47 #include <cstring> 48 #include <functional> 49 50 using namespace clang; 51 using namespace sema; 52 53 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 54 if (OwnedType) { 55 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 57 } 58 59 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 60 } 61 62 namespace { 63 64 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 65 public: 66 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 67 bool AllowTemplates = false, 68 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 79 return false; 80 81 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 82 return AllowTemplates; 83 84 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 85 if (!IsType) 86 return false; 87 88 if (AllowNonTemplates) 89 return true; 90 91 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 92 // as a template or as a non-template. 93 if (AllowTemplates) { 94 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 95 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 96 return false; 97 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 98 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 99 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 100 } 101 102 return false; 103 } 104 105 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 106 } 107 108 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 109 return llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 110 } 111 112 private: 113 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 114 bool WantClassName; 115 bool AllowTemplates; 116 bool AllowNonTemplates; 117 }; 118 119 } // end anonymous namespace 120 121 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 122 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 123 switch (Kind) { 124 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 125 // token kind is a valid type specifier 126 case tok::kw_short: 127 case tok::kw_long: 128 case tok::kw___int64: 129 case tok::kw___int128: 130 case tok::kw_signed: 131 case tok::kw_unsigned: 132 case tok::kw_void: 133 case tok::kw_char: 134 case tok::kw_int: 135 case tok::kw_half: 136 case tok::kw_float: 137 case tok::kw_double: 138 case tok::kw__Float16: 139 case tok::kw___float128: 140 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 141 case tok::kw_bool: 142 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 143 case tok::kw___auto_type: 144 return true; 145 146 case tok::annot_typename: 147 case tok::kw_char16_t: 148 case tok::kw_char32_t: 149 case tok::kw_typeof: 150 case tok::annot_decltype: 151 case tok::kw_decltype: 152 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 153 154 case tok::kw_char8_t: 155 return getLangOpts().Char8; 156 157 default: 158 break; 159 } 160 161 return false; 162 } 163 164 namespace { 165 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 166 NotFound, 167 FoundNonType, 168 FoundType 169 }; 170 } // end anonymous namespace 171 172 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 173 /// dependent class. 174 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 175 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 176 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 177 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 178 SourceLocation NameLoc, 179 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 180 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 182 // Look for type decls in base classes. 183 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 184 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 185 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 186 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 187 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 188 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 189 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 190 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 191 // templates. 192 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 193 continue; 194 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 195 if (!TD) 196 continue; 197 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 198 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 199 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 200 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 201 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 202 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 203 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 204 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 205 BaseRD = PS; 206 } 207 } 208 } 209 if (BaseRD) { 210 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 211 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 212 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 213 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 214 } 215 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 216 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 217 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 218 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 219 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 220 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 221 break; 222 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 223 break; 224 } 225 } 226 } 227 } 228 229 return FoundTypeDecl; 230 } 231 232 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 233 const IdentifierInfo &II, 234 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 235 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 236 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 237 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 238 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 239 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 240 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 241 DC = DC->getParent()) { 242 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 243 // templates. 244 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 245 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 246 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 247 } 248 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 249 return nullptr; 250 251 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 252 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 253 // lookup during template instantiation. 254 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 255 256 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 257 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 258 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 259 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 260 261 CXXScopeSpec SS; 262 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 263 264 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 265 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 266 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 267 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 268 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 269 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 270 } 271 272 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 273 /// return the declaration of that type. 274 /// 275 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 276 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 277 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 278 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 279 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 280 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 281 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 282 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 283 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 284 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 285 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 286 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 287 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 288 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 289 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 290 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 291 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 292 293 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 294 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 295 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 296 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 297 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 298 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 299 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 300 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 301 302 if (!LookupCtx) { 303 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 304 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 305 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 306 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 307 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 308 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 309 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 310 // 311 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 312 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 313 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 314 return nullptr; 315 316 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 317 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 318 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 319 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 320 321 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 322 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 323 II, NameLoc); 324 return ParsedType::make(T); 325 } 326 327 return nullptr; 328 } 329 330 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 331 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 332 return nullptr; 333 } 334 335 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 336 // lookup for class-names. 337 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 338 LookupOrdinaryName; 339 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 340 if (LookupCtx) { 341 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 342 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 343 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 344 // nested-name-specifier. 345 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 346 347 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 348 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 349 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 350 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 351 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 352 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 353 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 354 LookupName(Result, S); 355 } 356 } else { 357 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 358 LookupName(Result, S); 359 360 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 361 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 362 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 363 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 364 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 365 return TypeInBase; 366 } 367 } 368 369 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 370 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 371 case LookupResult::NotFound: 372 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 373 if (CorrectedII) { 374 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName, 375 AllowDeducedTemplate); 376 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, 377 S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery); 378 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 379 TemplateTy Template; 380 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 381 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 382 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 383 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 384 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 385 if (SS && NNS) { 386 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 387 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 388 } 389 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 390 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 391 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 392 // is handled elsewhere). 393 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 394 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 395 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 396 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 397 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 398 IsCtorOrDtorName, 399 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 400 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 401 if (Ty) { 402 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 403 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 404 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 405 if (SS && NNS) 406 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 407 *CorrectedII = NewII; 408 return Ty; 409 } 410 } 411 } 412 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 413 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 414 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 415 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 416 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 417 return nullptr; 418 419 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 420 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 421 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 422 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 423 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 424 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 425 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 426 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 427 return nullptr; 428 } 429 430 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 431 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 432 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 433 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 434 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 435 if (!IIDecl || 436 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 437 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 438 IIDecl = *Res; 439 } 440 } 441 442 if (!IIDecl) { 443 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 444 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 445 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 446 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 447 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 448 // a type name. 449 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 450 return nullptr; 451 } 452 453 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 454 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 455 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 456 // perform the name lookup again. 457 break; 458 459 case LookupResult::Found: 460 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 461 break; 462 } 463 464 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 465 466 QualType T; 467 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 468 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 469 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 470 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 471 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 472 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 473 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 474 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 475 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 476 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 477 << &II << /*Type*/1; 478 479 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 480 481 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 482 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 483 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 484 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 485 if (!HasTrailingDot) 486 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 487 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 488 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 489 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 490 QualType(), false); 491 } 492 493 if (T.isNull()) { 494 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 495 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 496 return nullptr; 497 } 498 499 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 500 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 501 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 502 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 503 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 504 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 505 // Construct a type with type-source information. 506 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 507 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 508 509 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 510 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 511 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 512 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 513 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 514 } else { 515 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 516 } 517 } 518 519 return ParsedType::make(T); 520 } 521 522 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 523 static NestedNameSpecifier * 524 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 525 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 526 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 527 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 528 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 529 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 530 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 531 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 532 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 533 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 534 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 535 } 536 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 537 } 538 539 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 540 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 541 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 542 /// correctly rejects. 543 static const CXXRecordDecl * 544 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 545 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 546 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 547 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 548 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 549 return MD->getParent(); 550 } 551 return nullptr; 552 } 553 554 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 555 SourceLocation NameLoc, 556 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 557 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 558 559 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 560 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 561 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 562 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 563 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 564 // lookup is retried. 565 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 566 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 567 // name specifiers. 568 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 569 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 570 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 571 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 572 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 573 // instantiation time. 574 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 575 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 576 577 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 578 // template instantiation. 579 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 580 << RD; 581 } else { 582 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 583 return ParsedType(); 584 } 585 586 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 587 588 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 589 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 590 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 591 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 592 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 593 594 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 595 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 596 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 597 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 598 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 599 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 600 } 601 602 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 603 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 604 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 605 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 606 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 607 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 608 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 609 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 610 LookupName(R, S, false); 611 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 612 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 613 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 614 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 615 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 616 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 617 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 618 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 619 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 620 } 621 } 622 623 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 624 } 625 626 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 627 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 628 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 629 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 630 /// @code 631 /// template<class T> class A { 632 /// public: 633 /// typedef int TYPE; 634 /// }; 635 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 636 /// public: 637 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 638 /// }; 639 /// @endcode 640 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 641 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 642 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 643 return true; 644 645 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 646 647 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 648 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 649 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 650 return true; 651 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 652 } 653 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 654 } 655 656 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 657 SourceLocation IILoc, 658 Scope *S, 659 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 660 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 661 bool IsTemplateName) { 662 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 663 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 664 return; 665 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 666 SuggestedType = nullptr; 667 668 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 669 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 670 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false, 671 /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName, 672 /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName); 673 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 674 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 675 CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 676 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 677 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 678 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 679 // We corrected to a keyword. 680 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 681 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 682 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 683 << II); 684 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 685 } else { 686 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 687 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 688 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 689 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 690 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 691 << II, CanRecover); 692 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 693 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 694 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 695 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 696 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 697 PDiag(IsTemplateName 698 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 699 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 700 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 701 CanRecover); 702 } else { 703 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 704 } 705 706 if (!CanRecover) 707 return; 708 709 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 710 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 711 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 712 SourceRange(IILoc)); 713 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 714 SuggestedType = 715 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 716 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 717 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 718 /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 719 } 720 return; 721 } 722 723 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 724 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 725 UnqualifiedId Name; 726 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 727 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 728 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 729 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 730 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 731 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 732 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 733 diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc); 734 return; 735 } 736 } 737 738 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 739 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 740 741 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 742 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 743 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 744 << II; 745 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 746 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 747 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 748 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 749 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 750 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 751 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 752 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 753 754 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 755 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 756 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 757 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 758 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 759 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 760 } else { 761 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 762 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 763 } 764 } 765 766 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 767 /// or 768 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 769 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 770 NextToken.is(tok::less); 771 772 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 773 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 774 return true; 775 776 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 777 return true; 778 } 779 780 return false; 781 } 782 783 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 784 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 785 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 786 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 787 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 788 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 789 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 790 StringRef FixItTagName; 791 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 792 case TTK_Class: 793 FixItTagName = "class "; 794 break; 795 796 case TTK_Enum: 797 FixItTagName = "enum "; 798 break; 799 800 case TTK_Struct: 801 FixItTagName = "struct "; 802 break; 803 804 case TTK_Interface: 805 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 806 break; 807 808 case TTK_Union: 809 FixItTagName = "union "; 810 break; 811 } 812 813 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 814 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 815 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 816 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 817 818 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 819 I != IEnd; ++I) 820 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 821 << Name << TagName; 822 823 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 824 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 825 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 826 return true; 827 } 828 829 return false; 830 } 831 832 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 833 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 834 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 835 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 836 837 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 838 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 839 840 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 841 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 842 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 843 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 844 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 845 } 846 847 Sema::NameClassification 848 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 849 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 850 bool IsAddressOfOperand, CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 851 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 852 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 853 854 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 855 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 856 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 857 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 858 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 859 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 860 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 861 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 862 // will reject it later. 863 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 864 } 865 866 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 867 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 868 869 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 870 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 871 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 872 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 873 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 874 return TypeInBase; 875 } 876 877 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 878 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 879 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 880 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 881 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 882 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 883 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 884 return E; 885 } 886 887 bool SecondTry = false; 888 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 889 890 Corrected: 891 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 892 case LookupResult::NotFound: 893 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 894 // call. 895 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 896 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 897 // FIXME: Reference? 898 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 899 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 900 901 // C90 6.3.2.2: 902 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 903 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 904 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 905 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 906 // the function call, the declaration 907 // 908 // extern int identifier (); 909 // 910 // appeared. 911 // 912 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 913 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 914 Result.addDecl(D); 915 Result.resolveKind(); 916 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 917 } 918 } 919 920 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a && !SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) { 921 // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function 922 // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name. 923 // 924 // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case. 925 TemplateName Template = 926 Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 927 return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template); 928 } 929 930 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 931 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 932 // "struct", or "union". 933 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 934 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 935 break; 936 } 937 938 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 939 // close to this name. 940 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 941 SecondTry = true; 942 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 943 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S, 944 &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 945 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 946 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 947 948 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 949 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 950 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 951 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 952 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 953 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 954 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 955 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 956 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 957 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 958 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 959 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 960 } 961 962 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 963 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 964 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 965 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 966 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 967 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 968 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 969 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 970 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 971 } 972 973 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 974 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 975 976 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 977 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 978 return Name; 979 980 // Also update the LookupResult... 981 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 982 Result.clear(); 983 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 984 if (FirstDecl) 985 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 986 987 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 988 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 989 // reference the ivar. 990 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 991 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 992 Result.clear(); 993 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 994 return E; 995 } 996 997 goto Corrected; 998 } 999 } 1000 1001 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 1002 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1003 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1004 1005 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 1006 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 1007 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 1008 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 1009 1010 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1011 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1012 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1013 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1014 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1015 // 1016 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1017 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1018 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1019 // keyword here. 1020 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1021 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1022 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1023 } 1024 1025 case LookupResult::Found: 1026 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1027 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1028 break; 1029 1030 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1031 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1032 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1033 /*AllowDependent=*/false)) { 1034 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1035 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1036 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1037 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1038 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1039 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1040 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1041 // ambiguous. 1042 // 1043 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1044 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1045 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1046 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1047 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1048 break; 1049 } 1050 } 1051 1052 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1053 return NameClassification::Error(); 1054 } 1055 1056 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1057 (IsFilteredTemplateName || 1058 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames( 1059 Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1060 /*AllowDependent=*/false, 1061 /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ !SS.isSet() && 1062 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a))) { 1063 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1064 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1065 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1066 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1067 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1068 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1069 // C++2a [temp.names]p2: 1070 // A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an 1071 // unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one 1072 // or more functions or finds nothing. 1073 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1074 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1075 1076 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1077 bool IsVarTemplate; 1078 TemplateName Template; 1079 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1080 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1081 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1082 Result.end()); 1083 } else if (!Result.empty()) { 1084 auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl( 1085 *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1086 /*AllowDependent=*/false)); 1087 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1088 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1089 1090 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1091 Template = 1092 Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1093 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD); 1094 else 1095 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1096 } else { 1097 // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template 1098 // name. 1099 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1100 Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 1101 } 1102 1103 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1104 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1105 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1106 // to based on which function we selected. 1107 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1108 1109 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1110 } 1111 1112 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1113 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1114 } 1115 1116 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1117 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1118 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1119 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1120 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1121 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1122 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1123 return ParsedType::make(T); 1124 } 1125 1126 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1127 if (!Class) { 1128 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1129 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1130 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1131 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1132 } 1133 1134 if (Class) { 1135 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1136 1137 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1138 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1139 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1140 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1141 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1142 } 1143 1144 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1145 return ParsedType::make(T); 1146 } 1147 1148 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1149 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1150 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1151 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1152 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1153 1154 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1155 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1156 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1157 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1158 (NextIsOp && 1159 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1160 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1161 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1162 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1163 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1164 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1165 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1166 return ParsedType::make(T); 1167 } 1168 1169 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1170 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1171 nullptr, S); 1172 1173 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1174 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1175 } 1176 1177 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1178 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1179 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1180 if (!TD) 1181 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1182 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1183 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1184 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1185 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1186 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1187 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1188 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1189 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1190 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1191 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1192 if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD)) 1193 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept; 1194 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1195 } 1196 1197 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1198 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1199 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1200 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1201 1202 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1203 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1204 // the context we'll need to return to. 1205 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1206 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1207 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1208 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1209 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1210 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1211 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1212 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1213 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1214 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1215 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1216 1217 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1218 // lexical context. 1219 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1220 return DC; 1221 1222 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1223 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1224 // class is the context we need to return to. 1225 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1226 DC = RD; 1227 1228 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1229 // declared in. 1230 return DC; 1231 } 1232 1233 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1234 } 1235 1236 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1237 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1238 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1239 CurContext = DC; 1240 S->setEntity(DC); 1241 } 1242 1243 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1244 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1245 1246 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1247 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1248 } 1249 1250 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1251 Decl *D) { 1252 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1253 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1254 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1255 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1256 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1257 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1258 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1259 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1260 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1261 return Result; 1262 } 1263 1264 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1265 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1266 } 1267 1268 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1269 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1270 /// 1271 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1272 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1273 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1274 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1275 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1276 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1277 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1278 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1279 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1280 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1281 // namespace. 1282 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1283 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1284 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1285 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1286 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1287 1288 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1289 1290 #ifndef NDEBUG 1291 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1292 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1293 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1294 #endif 1295 1296 CurContext = DC; 1297 S->setEntity(DC); 1298 } 1299 1300 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1301 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1302 1303 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1304 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1305 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1306 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1307 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1308 1309 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1310 // disappear. 1311 } 1312 1313 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1314 // We assume that the caller has already called 1315 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1316 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1317 if (!FD) 1318 return; 1319 1320 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1321 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1322 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1323 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1324 CurContext = FD; 1325 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1326 1327 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1328 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1329 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1330 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1331 S->AddDecl(Param); 1332 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1333 } 1334 } 1335 } 1336 1337 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1338 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1339 // rather than the top-level class. 1340 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1341 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1342 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1343 } 1344 1345 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1346 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1347 /// 1348 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1349 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1350 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1351 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1352 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1353 /// attribute. 1354 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1355 ASTContext &Context, 1356 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1357 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1358 return true; 1359 1360 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1361 return true; 1362 1363 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1364 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1365 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1366 } 1367 1368 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1369 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1370 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1371 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1372 // scope. 1373 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1374 S = S->getParent(); 1375 1376 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1377 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1378 // into any context. 1379 if (AddToContext) 1380 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1381 1382 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1383 // are function-local declarations. 1384 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1385 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1386 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1387 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1388 return; 1389 1390 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1391 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1392 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1393 return; 1394 1395 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1396 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1397 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1398 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1399 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1400 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1401 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1402 1403 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1404 break; 1405 } 1406 } 1407 1408 S->AddDecl(D); 1409 1410 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1411 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1412 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1413 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1414 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1415 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1416 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1417 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1418 continue; 1419 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1420 break; 1421 } 1422 1423 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1424 } else { 1425 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1426 } 1427 } 1428 1429 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1430 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1431 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1432 } 1433 1434 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1435 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1436 do { 1437 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1438 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1439 return S; 1440 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1441 1442 return nullptr; 1443 } 1444 1445 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1446 DeclContext*, 1447 ASTContext&); 1448 1449 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1450 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1451 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1452 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1453 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1454 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1455 while (F.hasNext()) { 1456 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1457 1458 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1459 continue; 1460 1461 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1462 continue; 1463 1464 F.erase(); 1465 } 1466 1467 F.done(); 1468 } 1469 1470 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they 1471 /// have compatible owning modules. 1472 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { 1473 // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are 1474 // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for 1475 // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the 1476 // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match. 1477 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && 1478 Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) { 1479 New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule()); 1480 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New); 1481 return false; 1482 } 1483 1484 Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule(); 1485 Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule(); 1486 1487 if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1488 NewM = NewM->Parent; 1489 if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1490 OldM = OldM->Parent; 1491 1492 if (NewM == OldM) 1493 return false; 1494 1495 bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview(); 1496 bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview(); 1497 if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) { 1498 // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]: 1499 // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all 1500 // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module 1501 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module) 1502 << New 1503 << NewIsModuleInterface 1504 << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "") 1505 << OldIsModuleInterface 1506 << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : ""); 1507 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1508 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1509 return true; 1510 } 1511 1512 return false; 1513 } 1514 1515 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1516 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1517 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1518 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1519 } 1520 1521 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1522 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1523 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1524 while (F.hasNext()) 1525 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1526 F.erase(); 1527 1528 F.done(); 1529 } 1530 1531 /// Check for this common pattern: 1532 /// @code 1533 /// class S { 1534 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1535 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1536 /// }; 1537 /// @endcode 1538 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1539 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1540 // the decl here. 1541 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1542 return false; 1543 1544 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1545 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1546 return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1547 } 1548 1549 // We need this to handle 1550 // 1551 // typedef struct { 1552 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1553 // } A; 1554 // 1555 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1556 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1557 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1558 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1559 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1560 // not. 1561 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1562 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1563 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1564 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1565 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1566 return true; 1567 } 1568 DC = DC->getParent(); 1569 } 1570 1571 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1572 } 1573 1574 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1575 // these semantics. 1576 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1577 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1578 return false; 1579 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1580 } 1581 1582 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1583 assert(D); 1584 1585 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1586 return false; 1587 1588 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1589 // of members of class templates. 1590 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1591 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1592 return false; 1593 1594 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1595 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1596 return false; 1597 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1598 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1599 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1600 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1601 return false; 1602 1603 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1604 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1605 return false; 1606 } else { 1607 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1608 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1609 return false; 1610 } 1611 1612 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1613 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1614 return false; 1615 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1616 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1617 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1618 // like "inline".) 1619 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1620 return false; 1621 1622 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1623 return false; 1624 1625 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1626 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1627 return false; 1628 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1629 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1630 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1631 return false; 1632 1633 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1634 return false; 1635 } else { 1636 return false; 1637 } 1638 1639 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1640 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1641 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1642 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1643 } 1644 1645 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1646 if (!D) 1647 return; 1648 1649 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1650 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1651 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1652 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1653 } 1654 1655 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1656 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1657 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1658 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1659 } 1660 1661 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1662 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1663 } 1664 1665 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1666 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1667 return false; 1668 1669 bool Referenced = false; 1670 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) { 1671 // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are 1672 // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which 1673 // it is, by the bindings' expressions). 1674 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 1675 if (BD->isReferenced()) { 1676 Referenced = true; 1677 break; 1678 } 1679 } 1680 } else if (!D->getDeclName()) { 1681 return false; 1682 } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) { 1683 Referenced = true; 1684 } 1685 1686 if (Referenced || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1687 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1688 return false; 1689 1690 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1691 return true; 1692 1693 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1694 // functions. 1695 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1696 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1697 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1698 WithinFunction = 1699 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1700 if (!WithinFunction) 1701 return false; 1702 1703 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1704 return true; 1705 1706 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1707 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1708 return false; 1709 1710 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1711 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1712 1713 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1714 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1715 1716 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1717 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1718 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1719 return false; 1720 } 1721 1722 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1723 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1724 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1725 return false; 1726 1727 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1728 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1729 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1730 1731 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1732 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1733 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1734 return false; 1735 1736 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1737 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1738 return false; 1739 1740 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1741 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1742 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1743 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1744 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1745 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1746 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1747 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1748 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() && 1749 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) 1750 return false; 1751 } 1752 } 1753 } 1754 } 1755 1756 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1757 } 1758 1759 return true; 1760 } 1761 1762 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1763 FixItHint &Hint) { 1764 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1765 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 1766 D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), 1767 true); 1768 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1769 return; 1770 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 1771 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon)); 1772 } 1773 } 1774 1775 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1776 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1777 return; 1778 1779 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1780 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1781 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1782 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1783 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1784 } 1785 } 1786 1787 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1788 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1789 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1790 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1791 return; 1792 1793 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1794 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1795 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1796 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1797 return; 1798 } 1799 1800 FixItHint Hint; 1801 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1802 1803 unsigned DiagID; 1804 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1805 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1806 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1807 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1808 else 1809 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1810 1811 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint; 1812 } 1813 1814 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1815 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1816 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1817 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1818 // MS inline assembly label name. 1819 bool Diagnose = false; 1820 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1821 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1822 else 1823 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1824 if (Diagnose) 1825 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1826 } 1827 1828 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1829 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1830 1831 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1832 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1833 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1834 1835 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1836 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1837 1838 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1839 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1840 1841 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1842 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1843 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1844 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1845 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1846 } 1847 1848 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1849 1850 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1851 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1852 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1853 1854 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1855 // already. 1856 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1857 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1858 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1859 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1860 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1861 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1862 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1863 } 1864 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1865 } 1866 } 1867 } 1868 1869 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1870 /// 1871 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1872 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1873 /// to the fixed name. 1874 /// 1875 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1876 /// 1877 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1878 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1879 /// 1880 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1881 /// class could not be found. 1882 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1883 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1884 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1885 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1886 // creation from this context. 1887 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1888 1889 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1890 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1891 // find an Objective-C class name. 1892 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{}; 1893 if (TypoCorrection C = 1894 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 1895 TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1896 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1897 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1898 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1899 } 1900 } 1901 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1902 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1903 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1904 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1905 return Def; 1906 } 1907 1908 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1909 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1910 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1911 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1912 /// ill-formed in C++: 1913 /// @code 1914 /// struct S6 { 1915 /// enum { BAR } e; 1916 /// }; 1917 /// 1918 /// void test_S6() { 1919 /// struct S6 a; 1920 /// a.e = BAR; 1921 /// } 1922 /// @endcode 1923 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1924 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1925 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1926 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1927 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1928 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1929 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1930 /// contain non-field names. 1931 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1932 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1933 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1934 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1935 S = S->getParent(); 1936 return S; 1937 } 1938 1939 /// Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1940 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1941 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1942 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1943 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1944 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1945 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1946 return; 1947 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1948 1949 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1950 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1951 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1952 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1953 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1954 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1955 } 1956 1957 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID, 1958 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1959 switch (Error) { 1960 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1961 return ""; 1962 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type: 1963 return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID); 1964 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1965 return "stdio.h"; 1966 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1967 return "setjmp.h"; 1968 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1969 return "ucontext.h"; 1970 } 1971 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1972 } 1973 1974 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1975 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1976 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1977 /// built-in. 1978 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1979 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1980 SourceLocation Loc) { 1981 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1982 1983 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1984 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1985 if (Error) { 1986 if (ForRedeclaration) 1987 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1988 << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error) 1989 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1990 return nullptr; 1991 } 1992 1993 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1994 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1995 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1996 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1997 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1998 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1999 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 2000 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 2001 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 2002 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2003 } 2004 2005 if (R.isNull()) 2006 return nullptr; 2007 2008 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2009 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2010 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 2011 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 2012 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 2013 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 2014 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 2015 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 2016 } 2017 2018 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 2019 Parent, 2020 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2021 SC_Extern, 2022 false, 2023 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 2024 New->setImplicit(); 2025 2026 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 2027 // FunctionDecl. 2028 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 2029 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2030 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 2031 ParmVarDecl *parm = 2032 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2033 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2034 SC_None, nullptr); 2035 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 2036 Params.push_back(parm); 2037 } 2038 New->setParams(Params); 2039 } 2040 2041 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 2042 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 2043 2044 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 2045 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 2046 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 2047 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 2048 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 2049 CurContext = Parent; 2050 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 2051 CurContext = SavedContext; 2052 return New; 2053 } 2054 2055 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 2056 /// entity if their types are the same. 2057 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 2058 /// isSameEntity. 2059 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 2060 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2061 LookupResult &Previous) { 2062 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 2063 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 2064 return; 2065 2066 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 2067 if (Previous.empty()) 2068 return; 2069 2070 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 2071 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 2072 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 2073 2074 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 2075 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 2076 continue; 2077 2078 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 2079 // different linkages. 2080 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2081 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 2082 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 2083 continue; 2084 2085 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2086 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2087 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2088 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2089 continue; 2090 } 2091 2092 Filter.erase(); 2093 } 2094 2095 Filter.done(); 2096 } 2097 2098 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2099 QualType OldType; 2100 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2101 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2102 else 2103 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2104 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2105 2106 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2107 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2108 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2109 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2110 << Kind << NewType; 2111 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2112 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2113 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2114 return true; 2115 } 2116 2117 if (OldType != NewType && 2118 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2119 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2120 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2121 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2122 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2123 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2124 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2125 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2126 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2127 return true; 2128 } 2129 return false; 2130 } 2131 2132 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2133 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2134 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2135 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2136 /// 2137 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2138 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2139 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2140 // merging checks. 2141 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2142 2143 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2144 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2145 if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { 2146 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2147 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2148 default: break; 2149 case 2: 2150 { 2151 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2152 break; 2153 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2154 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2155 break; 2156 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2157 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2158 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2159 break; 2160 } 2161 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2162 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2163 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2164 return; 2165 } 2166 case 5: 2167 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2168 break; 2169 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2170 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2171 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2172 return; 2173 case 3: 2174 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2175 break; 2176 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2177 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2178 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2179 return; 2180 } 2181 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2182 } 2183 2184 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2185 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2186 if (!Old) { 2187 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2188 << New->getDeclName(); 2189 2190 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2191 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2192 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2193 2194 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2195 } 2196 2197 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2198 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2199 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2200 2201 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2202 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2203 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2204 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2205 if (OldTag && NewTag && 2206 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2207 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2208 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2209 // instead of our tag. 2210 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2211 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2212 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2213 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2214 else 2215 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2216 2217 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2218 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2219 2220 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2221 // out of the scope. 2222 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2223 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2224 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2225 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2226 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2227 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2228 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2229 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2230 } 2231 } 2232 } 2233 } 2234 2235 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2236 // with any extensions enabled. 2237 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2238 return; 2239 2240 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2241 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2242 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2243 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2244 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2245 } 2246 2247 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2248 return; 2249 2250 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2251 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2252 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2253 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2254 // to the type to which it already refers. 2255 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2256 return; 2257 2258 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2259 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2260 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2261 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2262 // 2263 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2264 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2265 // 2266 // struct S { 2267 // typedef struct A { } A; 2268 // }; 2269 // 2270 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2271 // allow the above but disallow 2272 // 2273 // struct S { 2274 // typedef int I; 2275 // typedef int I; 2276 // }; 2277 // 2278 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2279 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2280 return; 2281 2282 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2283 << New->getDeclName(); 2284 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2285 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2286 } 2287 2288 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2289 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2290 return; 2291 2292 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2293 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2294 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2295 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2296 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2297 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2298 (Old->isImplicit() || 2299 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2300 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2301 return; 2302 2303 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2304 << New->getDeclName(); 2305 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2306 } 2307 2308 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2309 /// attribute. 2310 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2311 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2312 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2313 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2314 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2315 if (Ann) { 2316 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2317 return true; 2318 continue; 2319 } 2320 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2321 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2322 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2323 return true; 2324 } 2325 2326 return false; 2327 } 2328 2329 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2330 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2331 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2332 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2333 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2334 return true; 2335 } 2336 2337 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2338 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2339 /// 2340 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2341 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2342 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2343 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2344 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2345 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2346 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2347 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2348 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2349 // in a case like: 2350 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2351 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2352 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2353 // definition in such a case. 2354 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2355 return false; 2356 2357 if (I->isAlignas()) 2358 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2359 2360 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2361 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2362 OldAlign = Align; 2363 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2364 } 2365 } 2366 2367 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2368 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2369 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2370 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2371 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2372 return false; 2373 2374 if (I->isAlignas()) 2375 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2376 2377 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2378 if (Align > NewAlign) 2379 NewAlign = Align; 2380 } 2381 2382 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2383 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2384 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2385 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2386 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2387 2388 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2389 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2390 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2391 QualType Ty; 2392 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2393 Ty = VD->getType(); 2394 else 2395 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2396 2397 if (OldAlign == 0) 2398 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2399 if (NewAlign == 0) 2400 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2401 } 2402 2403 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2404 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2405 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2406 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2407 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2408 } 2409 } 2410 2411 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2412 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2413 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2414 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2415 // equivalent alignment. 2416 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2417 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2418 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2419 // have no alignment specifier. 2420 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2421 << OldAlignasAttr; 2422 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2423 << OldAlignasAttr; 2424 } 2425 2426 bool AnyAdded = false; 2427 2428 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2429 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2430 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2431 Clone->setInherited(true); 2432 New->addAttr(Clone); 2433 AnyAdded = true; 2434 } 2435 2436 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2437 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2438 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2439 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2440 Clone->setInherited(true); 2441 New->addAttr(Clone); 2442 AnyAdded = true; 2443 } 2444 2445 return AnyAdded; 2446 } 2447 2448 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2449 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2450 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2451 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2452 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2453 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2454 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2455 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2456 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2457 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2458 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2459 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2460 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2461 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( 2462 D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), 2463 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), 2464 AA->getUnavailable(), AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2465 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, AA->getPriority(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2466 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2467 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2468 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2469 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2470 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2471 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2472 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2473 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2474 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2475 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2476 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2477 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2478 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2479 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2480 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2481 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2482 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2483 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2484 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2485 else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr)) 2486 NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, CSA->getRange(), CSA->getName(), 2487 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2488 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2489 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2490 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2491 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2492 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2493 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2494 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2495 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2496 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2497 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2498 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2499 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2500 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2501 return false; 2502 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2503 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2504 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2505 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2506 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2507 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA); 2508 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2509 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, *CommonA); 2510 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2511 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2512 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2513 NewAttr = nullptr; 2514 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2515 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2516 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2517 NewAttr = nullptr; 2518 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2519 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2520 UA->getGuid()); 2521 else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr)) 2522 NewAttr = S.mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA); 2523 else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr)) 2524 NewAttr = S.mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA); 2525 else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2526 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2527 2528 if (NewAttr) { 2529 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2530 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2531 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2532 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2533 return true; 2534 } 2535 2536 return false; 2537 } 2538 2539 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2540 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2541 return TD->getDefinition(); 2542 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2543 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2544 if (Def) 2545 return Def; 2546 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2547 } 2548 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2549 return FD->getDefinition(); 2550 return nullptr; 2551 } 2552 2553 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2554 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2555 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2556 return true; 2557 return false; 2558 } 2559 2560 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2561 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2562 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2563 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2564 return; 2565 2566 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2567 if (!Def || Def == New) 2568 return; 2569 2570 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2571 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2572 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2573 2574 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2575 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2576 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2577 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2578 2579 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2580 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2581 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2582 --E; 2583 continue; 2584 } 2585 } else { 2586 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2587 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2588 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2589 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2590 : diag::err_redefinition; 2591 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2592 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2593 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2594 else 2595 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2596 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2597 } 2598 ++I; 2599 continue; 2600 } 2601 2602 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2603 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2604 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2605 ++I; 2606 continue; 2607 } 2608 } 2609 2610 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2611 ++I; 2612 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2613 } 2614 2615 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2616 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2617 ++I; 2618 continue; 2619 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2620 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2621 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2622 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2623 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2624 // equivalent alignment. 2625 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2626 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2627 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2628 // have no alignment specifier. 2629 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2630 << AA; 2631 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2632 << AA; 2633 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2634 --E; 2635 continue; 2636 } 2637 } 2638 2639 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2640 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2641 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2642 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2643 --E; 2644 } 2645 } 2646 2647 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2648 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2649 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2650 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2651 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2652 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2653 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2654 } 2655 2656 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2657 return; 2658 2659 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2660 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2661 2662 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2663 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2664 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2665 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2666 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2667 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2668 } 2669 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2670 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2671 // already been ODR-used. 2672 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2673 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2674 } 2675 } 2676 2677 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2678 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2679 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2680 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2681 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2682 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2683 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2684 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2685 << NewTag; 2686 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2687 } 2688 } 2689 } else { 2690 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2691 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2692 } 2693 } 2694 2695 // This redeclaration adds a section attribute. 2696 if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 2697 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) { 2698 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) { 2699 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration); 2700 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2701 } 2702 } 2703 } 2704 2705 // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute. 2706 const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>(); 2707 if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() && 2708 !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) { 2709 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) 2710 << 0 /*codeseg*/; 2711 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2712 } 2713 2714 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2715 return; 2716 2717 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2718 2719 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2720 // we process them. 2721 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2722 2723 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2724 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2725 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2726 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2727 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2728 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2729 switch (AMK) { 2730 case AMK_None: 2731 continue; 2732 2733 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2734 case AMK_Override: 2735 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2736 LocalAMK = AMK; 2737 break; 2738 } 2739 } 2740 2741 // Already handled. 2742 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2743 continue; 2744 2745 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2746 foundAny = true; 2747 } 2748 2749 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2750 foundAny = true; 2751 2752 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2753 } 2754 2755 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2756 /// to the new one. 2757 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2758 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2759 Sema &S) { 2760 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2761 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2762 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2763 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2764 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2765 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2766 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2767 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2768 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2769 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2770 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2771 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2772 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2773 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2774 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2775 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2776 } 2777 2778 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2779 return; 2780 2781 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2782 2783 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2784 // done before we process them. 2785 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2786 2787 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2788 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2789 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2790 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2791 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2792 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2793 foundAny = true; 2794 } 2795 } 2796 2797 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2798 } 2799 2800 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2801 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2802 Sema &S) { 2803 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2804 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2805 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2806 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2807 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2808 *Newnullability, 2809 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2810 != 0)) 2811 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2812 *Oldnullability, 2813 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2814 != 0)); 2815 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2816 } 2817 } else { 2818 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2819 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2820 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2821 NewT, NewT); 2822 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2823 } 2824 } 2825 } 2826 2827 namespace { 2828 2829 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2830 /// C. 2831 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2832 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2833 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2834 QualType PromotedType; 2835 }; 2836 2837 } // end anonymous namespace 2838 2839 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2840 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2841 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2842 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2843 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2844 2845 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2846 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2847 2848 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2849 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2850 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2851 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2852 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2853 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2854 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2855 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2856 } 2857 2858 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2859 } 2860 2861 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2862 // declaration, or a declaration. 2863 template <typename T> 2864 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2865 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2866 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2867 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2868 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2869 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2870 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2871 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2872 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2873 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2874 } else 2875 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2876 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2877 } 2878 2879 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2880 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2881 /// GNU89 mode. 2882 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2883 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2884 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2885 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2886 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2887 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2888 } 2889 2890 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2891 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2892 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2893 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2894 return AT; 2895 } 2896 2897 template <typename T> 2898 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2899 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2900 if (DC->isRecord()) 2901 return false; 2902 2903 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2904 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2905 return true; 2906 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2907 return true; 2908 return false; 2909 } 2910 2911 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2912 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2913 2914 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2915 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2916 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2917 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2918 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2919 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2920 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2921 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2922 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2923 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2924 // and function templates; or 2925 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2926 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2927 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2928 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2929 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2930 2931 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2932 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2933 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2934 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2935 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2936 2937 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2938 if (Old && 2939 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2940 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2941 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2942 Old = nullptr; 2943 2944 if (!Old) { 2945 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2946 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2947 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2948 return true; 2949 } 2950 return false; 2951 } 2952 2953 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2954 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2955 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2956 2957 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2958 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2959 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2960 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2961 return true; 2962 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() && 2963 AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic(); 2964 }; 2965 2966 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2967 } 2968 2969 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified 2970 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier. 2971 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD, 2972 DeclaratorDecl *OldD) { 2973 // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when 2974 // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration 2975 // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier: 2976 // 2977 // inline namespace N { int f(); } 2978 // int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::. 2979 // 2980 // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change 2981 // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations, 2982 // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular). 2983 if (!NewD->getQualifier()) 2984 return; 2985 2986 // NewD is probably already in the right context. 2987 auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 2988 auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 2989 if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC)) 2990 return; 2991 2992 assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) || 2993 NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) && 2994 "unexpected context for redeclaration"); 2995 2996 auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 2997 auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) { 2998 if (!D) 2999 return; 3000 D->setDeclContext(SemaDC); 3001 D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC); 3002 }; 3003 3004 FixSemaDC(NewD); 3005 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD)) 3006 FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()); 3007 else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD)) 3008 FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()); 3009 } 3010 3011 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 3012 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 3013 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 3014 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3015 /// 3016 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 3017 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 3018 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 3019 /// merged with. 3020 /// 3021 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 3022 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 3023 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3024 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 3025 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 3026 if (!Old) { 3027 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 3028 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 3029 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 3030 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 3031 diag::note_using_decl_target); 3032 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 3033 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 3034 return true; 3035 } 3036 3037 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 3038 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3039 return true; 3040 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 3041 } else { 3042 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3043 << New->getDeclName(); 3044 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 3045 return true; 3046 } 3047 } 3048 3049 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 3050 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3051 return true; 3052 3053 // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins. 3054 if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) { 3055 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName(); 3056 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3057 << Old << Old->getType(); 3058 return true; 3059 } 3060 3061 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3062 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3063 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3064 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3065 3066 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 3067 // is an extern inline function. 3068 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 3069 // storage classes. 3070 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 3071 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3072 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 3073 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 3074 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 3075 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3076 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 3077 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3078 } else { 3079 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 3080 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3081 return true; 3082 } 3083 } 3084 3085 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3086 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3087 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3088 << New->getDeclName(); 3089 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3090 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3091 } 3092 3093 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3094 return true; 3095 3096 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3097 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3098 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 3099 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 3100 << New << OldOvl; 3101 3102 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 3103 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 3104 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 3105 // 3106 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 3107 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 3108 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 3109 if (OldOvl) { 3110 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 3111 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3112 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 3113 }); 3114 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 3115 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 3116 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 3117 } 3118 3119 if (DiagOld) 3120 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 3121 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 3122 << OldOvl; 3123 3124 if (OldOvl) 3125 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 3126 else 3127 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3128 } 3129 } 3130 3131 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 3132 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 3133 // convention of the first. 3134 // 3135 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 3136 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 3137 // 3138 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 3139 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 3140 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 3141 // 3142 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 3143 // other tests to run. 3144 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3145 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3146 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 3147 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3148 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 3149 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 3150 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 3151 3152 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 3153 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 3154 const FunctionType *FT = 3155 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 3156 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 3157 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 3158 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3159 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3160 // there but not here. 3161 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3162 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3163 } else if (New->getBuiltinID()) { 3164 // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a 3165 // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is 3166 // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration. 3167 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported) 3168 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3169 << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction; 3170 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3171 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3172 } else { 3173 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3174 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3175 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3176 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3177 << !FirstCCExplicit 3178 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3179 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3180 3181 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3182 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3183 return true; 3184 } 3185 } 3186 3187 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3188 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3189 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3190 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3191 } 3192 3193 // Merge regparm attribute. 3194 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3195 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3196 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3197 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3198 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3199 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3200 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3201 return true; 3202 } 3203 3204 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3205 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3206 } 3207 3208 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3209 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3210 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3211 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3212 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3213 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3214 return true; 3215 } 3216 3217 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3218 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3219 } 3220 3221 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3222 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3223 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3224 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3225 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3226 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3227 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3228 return true; 3229 } 3230 3231 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3232 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3233 } 3234 3235 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3236 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3237 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3238 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3239 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3240 } 3241 3242 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3243 // UndefinedButUsed. 3244 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3245 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3246 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3247 Old->isUsed(false) && 3248 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3249 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3250 SourceLocation())); 3251 3252 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3253 // about it. 3254 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3255 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3256 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3257 } 3258 3259 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3260 // redeclaration. 3261 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3262 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3263 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3264 << New->getDeclName(); 3265 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3266 return true; 3267 } 3268 3269 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3270 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3271 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3272 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3273 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3274 3275 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3276 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3277 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3278 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3279 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3280 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3281 return true; 3282 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3283 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3284 3285 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3286 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3287 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3288 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3289 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3290 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3291 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3292 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3293 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType, 3294 OldDeclaredReturnType)) { 3295 QualType ResQT; 3296 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3297 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3298 // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type. 3299 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3300 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3301 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3302 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3303 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3304 else 3305 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3306 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3307 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3308 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3309 return true; 3310 } 3311 else 3312 NewQType = ResQT; 3313 } 3314 3315 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3316 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3317 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3318 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3319 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3320 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3321 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3322 New->setType( 3323 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3324 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3325 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3326 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3327 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3328 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3329 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3330 } 3331 } 3332 3333 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3334 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3335 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3336 // Preserve triviality. 3337 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3338 3339 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3340 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3341 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3342 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3343 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3344 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3345 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3346 3347 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3348 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3349 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3350 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3351 // is a static member function declaration. 3352 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3353 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3354 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3355 return true; 3356 } 3357 3358 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3359 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3360 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3361 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3362 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3363 unsigned NewDiag; 3364 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3365 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3366 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3367 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3368 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3369 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3370 else 3371 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3372 3373 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3374 } else { 3375 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3376 << New << New->getType(); 3377 } 3378 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3379 return true; 3380 3381 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3382 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3383 // 3384 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3385 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3386 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3387 if (isFriend) { 3388 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3389 } else { 3390 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3391 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3392 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3393 return true; 3394 } 3395 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3396 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3397 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3398 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3399 return true; 3400 } 3401 } 3402 3403 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3404 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3405 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3406 // attribute. 3407 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3408 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3409 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3410 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3411 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3412 } 3413 3414 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3415 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3416 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3417 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3418 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3419 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3420 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3421 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3422 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3423 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3424 } 3425 3426 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3427 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3428 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3429 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3430 3431 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3432 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3433 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3434 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3435 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3436 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3437 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3438 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3439 } 3440 3441 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3442 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3443 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3444 // 3445 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3446 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3447 // linkage within class scope. 3448 // 3449 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3450 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3451 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3452 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3453 } else { 3454 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3455 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3456 return true; 3457 } 3458 } 3459 3460 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3461 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3462 3463 // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or 3464 // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again 3465 // during instantiation. 3466 if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType)) 3467 return false; 3468 3469 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3470 } 3471 3472 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3473 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3474 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3475 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3476 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3477 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3478 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3479 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3480 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3481 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3482 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3483 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3484 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3485 NewQType = 3486 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3487 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3488 New->setType(NewQType); 3489 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3490 3491 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3492 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3493 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3494 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3495 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3496 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3497 SC_None, nullptr); 3498 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3499 Param->setImplicit(); 3500 Params.push_back(Param); 3501 } 3502 3503 New->setParams(Params); 3504 } 3505 3506 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3507 } 3508 3509 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3510 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3511 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3512 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3513 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3514 // the prototype. 3515 // 3516 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3517 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3518 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3519 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3520 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3521 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3522 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3523 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3524 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3525 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3526 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3527 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3528 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3529 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3530 3531 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3532 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3533 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3534 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3535 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3536 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3537 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3538 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3539 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3540 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3541 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3542 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3543 NewParm->getType(), 3544 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3545 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3546 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3547 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3548 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3549 } else 3550 LooseCompatible = false; 3551 } 3552 3553 if (LooseCompatible) { 3554 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3555 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3556 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3557 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3558 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3559 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3560 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3561 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3562 } 3563 3564 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3565 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3566 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3567 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3568 } 3569 3570 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3571 } 3572 3573 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3574 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3575 3576 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3577 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3578 unsigned BuiltinID; 3579 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3580 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3581 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3582 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3583 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3584 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3585 << Old << Old->getType(); 3586 3587 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3588 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3589 // 3590 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3591 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3592 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3593 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3594 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3595 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3596 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3597 3598 return false; 3599 } 3600 3601 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3602 } 3603 3604 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3605 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3606 return true; 3607 } 3608 3609 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3610 /// known to be compatible. 3611 /// 3612 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3613 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3614 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3615 /// redeclaration of Old. 3616 /// 3617 /// \returns false 3618 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3619 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3620 // Merge the attributes 3621 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3622 3623 // Merge "pure" flag. 3624 if (Old->isPure()) 3625 New->setPure(); 3626 3627 // Merge "used" flag. 3628 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3629 New->setIsUsed(); 3630 3631 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3632 // declarations. 3633 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3634 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3635 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3636 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3637 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3638 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3639 } 3640 3641 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3642 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3643 3644 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3645 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3646 // was visible. 3647 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3648 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3649 New->setType(Merged); 3650 3651 return false; 3652 } 3653 3654 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3655 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3656 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3657 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3658 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3659 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3660 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3661 : AMK_Override; 3662 3663 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3664 3665 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3666 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3667 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3668 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3669 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3670 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3671 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3672 3673 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3674 } 3675 3676 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3677 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3678 3679 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3680 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3681 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3682 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3683 3684 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3685 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3686 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3687 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3688 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3689 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3690 } 3691 3692 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3693 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3694 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3695 /// 3696 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3697 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3698 /// is attached. 3699 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3700 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3701 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3702 return; 3703 3704 QualType MergedT; 3705 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3706 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3707 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3708 return; 3709 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3710 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3711 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3712 } 3713 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3714 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3715 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3716 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3717 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3718 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3719 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3720 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3721 3722 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3723 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3724 // mismatch. 3725 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3726 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3727 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3728 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3729 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3730 continue; 3731 3732 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3733 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3734 } 3735 } 3736 3737 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3738 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3739 NewArray->getElementType())) 3740 MergedT = New->getType(); 3741 } 3742 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3743 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3744 // visible. 3745 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3746 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3747 NewArray->getElementType())) 3748 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3749 } 3750 } 3751 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3752 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3753 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3754 Old->getType()); 3755 } 3756 } else { 3757 // C 6.2.7p2: 3758 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3759 // compatible type. 3760 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3761 } 3762 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3763 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3764 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3765 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3766 // equivalent. 3767 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3768 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3769 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3770 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3771 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3772 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3773 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3774 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3775 return; 3776 } 3777 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3778 } 3779 3780 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3781 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3782 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3783 New->setType(MergedT); 3784 } 3785 3786 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3787 LookupResult &Previous) { 3788 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3789 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3790 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3791 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3792 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3793 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3794 // 3795 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3796 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3797 return false; 3798 3799 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3800 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3801 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3802 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3803 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3804 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3805 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3806 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3807 } else { 3808 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3809 // type unless we're in the same function. 3810 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3811 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3812 } 3813 } 3814 3815 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3816 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3817 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3818 /// 3819 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3820 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3821 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3822 /// 3823 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3824 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3825 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3826 return; 3827 3828 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3829 return; 3830 3831 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3832 3833 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3834 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3835 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3836 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3837 if (NewTemplate) { 3838 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3839 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3840 3841 if (auto *Shadow = 3842 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3843 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3844 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3845 } else { 3846 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3847 3848 if (auto *Shadow = 3849 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3850 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3851 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3852 } 3853 } 3854 if (!Old) { 3855 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3856 << New->getDeclName(); 3857 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 3858 New->getLocation()); 3859 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3860 } 3861 3862 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3863 if (NewTemplate && 3864 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3865 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3866 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3867 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3868 3869 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3870 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3871 // 3872 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3873 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3874 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3875 << New->getIdentifier(); 3876 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3877 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3878 } 3879 3880 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3881 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3882 // declaration 3883 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3884 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3885 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3886 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3887 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3888 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3889 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3890 } 3891 3892 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3893 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3894 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3895 << New->getDeclName(); 3896 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3897 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3898 } 3899 3900 // Merge the types. 3901 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3902 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3903 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3904 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3905 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3906 return; 3907 } 3908 3909 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3910 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3911 return; 3912 3913 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3914 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3915 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3916 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3917 3918 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3919 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3920 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3921 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3922 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3923 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3924 << New->getDeclName(); 3925 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3926 } else { 3927 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3928 << New->getDeclName(); 3929 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3930 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3931 } 3932 } 3933 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3934 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3935 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3936 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3937 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3938 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3939 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3940 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3941 // identifier has external linkage. 3942 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3943 /* Okay */; 3944 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3945 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3946 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3947 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3948 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3949 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3950 } 3951 3952 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3953 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3954 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3955 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3956 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3957 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3958 } 3959 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3960 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3961 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3962 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3963 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3964 } 3965 3966 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3967 return; 3968 3969 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3970 3971 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3972 // need to check for mismatches. 3973 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3974 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3975 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3976 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3977 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3978 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3979 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3980 } 3981 3982 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3983 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3984 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3985 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3986 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3987 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3988 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3989 } 3990 } 3991 3992 // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to 3993 // UndefinedButUsed. 3994 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3995 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3996 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3997 SourceLocation())); 3998 3999 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 4000 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 4001 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4002 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4003 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 4004 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4005 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4006 } else { 4007 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 4008 // static and dynamic initialization. 4009 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 4010 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 4011 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 4012 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 4013 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4014 } 4015 } 4016 4017 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 4018 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4019 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 4020 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 4021 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 4022 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 4023 Diag(New->getLocation(), 4024 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 4025 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 4026 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 4027 return; 4028 } 4029 } 4030 4031 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 4032 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 4033 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4034 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4035 return; 4036 } 4037 4038 // Merge "used" flag. 4039 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 4040 New->setIsUsed(); 4041 4042 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 4043 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 4044 if (NewTemplate) 4045 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 4046 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); 4047 4048 // Inherit access appropriately. 4049 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 4050 if (NewTemplate) 4051 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 4052 4053 if (Old->isInline()) 4054 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 4055 } 4056 4057 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 4058 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 4059 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 4060 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 4061 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 4062 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 4063 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 4064 StringRef HdrFilename = 4065 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 4066 4067 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 4068 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 4069 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 4070 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 4071 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 4072 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 4073 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 4074 if (Mod) { 4075 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 4076 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4077 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 4078 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 4079 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4080 } else { 4081 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 4082 << HdrFilename.str(); 4083 } 4084 return true; 4085 } 4086 4087 return false; 4088 }; 4089 4090 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 4091 // this leads to a redefinition error. 4092 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 4093 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 4094 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 4095 bool EmittedDiag = 4096 noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 4097 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 4098 4099 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 4100 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 4101 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 4102 4103 if (EmittedDiag) 4104 return; 4105 } 4106 4107 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 4108 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 4109 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4110 } 4111 4112 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 4113 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 4114 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 4115 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 4116 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 4117 New->isInline() || 4118 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 4119 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 4120 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 4121 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 4122 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 4123 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 4124 4125 // Make the canonical definition visible. 4126 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 4127 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 4128 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 4129 return false; 4130 } else { 4131 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 4132 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4133 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4134 return true; 4135 } 4136 } 4137 4138 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4139 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 4140 Decl * 4141 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4142 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4143 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 4144 AnonRecord); 4145 } 4146 4147 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 4148 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 4149 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 4150 // compatibility. 4151 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 4152 // targeted. 4153 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 4154 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 4155 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 4156 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 4157 } 4158 4159 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 4160 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4161 return; 4162 4163 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 4164 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4165 // it is anonymous. 4166 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4167 return; 4168 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4169 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4170 Context.setManglingNumber( 4171 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4172 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4173 return; 4174 } 4175 4176 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4177 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4178 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4179 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4180 Context.setManglingNumber( 4181 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4182 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4183 } 4184 } 4185 4186 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4187 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4188 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4189 return; 4190 4191 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4192 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4193 return; 4194 4195 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4196 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4197 4198 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4199 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4200 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4201 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4202 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4203 return; 4204 } 4205 4206 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 4207 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 4208 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 4209 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 4210 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 4211 // for how to handle it. 4212 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 4213 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 4214 4215 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 4216 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 4217 4218 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 4219 textToInsert += ' '; 4220 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4221 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 4222 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 4223 return; 4224 } 4225 4226 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4227 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4228 } 4229 4230 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4231 switch (T) { 4232 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4233 return 0; 4234 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4235 return 1; 4236 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4237 return 2; 4238 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4239 return 3; 4240 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4241 return 4; 4242 default: 4243 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4244 } 4245 } 4246 4247 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4248 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4249 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4250 Decl * 4251 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4252 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4253 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4254 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4255 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4256 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4257 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4258 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4259 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4260 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4261 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4262 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4263 4264 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4265 return nullptr; 4266 4267 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4268 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4269 // it's a Type. 4270 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4271 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4272 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4273 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4274 } 4275 4276 if (Tag) { 4277 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4278 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4279 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4280 return Tag; 4281 } 4282 4283 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4284 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4285 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4286 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4287 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4288 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4289 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4290 } 4291 4292 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4293 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4294 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 4295 4296 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) { 4297 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4298 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4299 // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to 4300 // the declaration of a function or function template 4301 bool IsConsteval = DS.getConstexprSpecifier() == CSK_consteval; 4302 if (Tag) 4303 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4304 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << IsConsteval; 4305 else 4306 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 4307 << IsConsteval; 4308 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4309 return TagD; 4310 } 4311 4312 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4313 4314 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4315 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4316 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4317 if (TagD && !Tag) 4318 return nullptr; 4319 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4320 } 4321 4322 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4323 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4324 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4325 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4326 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4327 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4328 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4329 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4330 // or an explicit specialization. 4331 // 4332 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4333 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4334 // 4335 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4336 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4337 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4338 return nullptr; 4339 } 4340 4341 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4342 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4343 4344 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4345 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4346 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4347 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4348 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4349 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4350 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4351 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4352 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4353 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4354 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4355 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4356 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4357 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4358 AnonRecord = Record; 4359 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4360 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4361 } 4362 4363 DeclaresAnything = false; 4364 } 4365 } 4366 4367 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4368 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4369 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4370 // 4371 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4372 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4373 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4374 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4375 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4376 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4377 // struct STRUCT; 4378 // union UNION; 4379 // and 4380 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4381 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4382 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4383 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4384 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4385 if (Tag) 4386 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4387 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4388 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4389 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4390 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4391 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4392 4393 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4394 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4395 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4396 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4397 } 4398 4399 DeclaresAnything = false; 4400 } 4401 } 4402 4403 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4404 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4405 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4406 return TagD; 4407 4408 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4409 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4410 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4411 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4412 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4413 DeclaresAnything = false; 4414 4415 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4416 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4417 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4418 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4419 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4420 else 4421 DeclaresAnything = false; 4422 } 4423 4424 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4425 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4426 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4427 << Tag->getTagKind() 4428 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4429 4430 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4431 4432 // C 6.7/2: 4433 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4434 // or the members of an enumeration. 4435 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4436 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4437 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4438 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4439 // previous declaration. 4440 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4441 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4442 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4443 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4444 return TagD; 4445 } 4446 4447 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4448 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4449 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4450 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4451 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4452 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4453 // 4454 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4455 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4456 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4457 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4458 4459 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4460 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4461 // useless. 4462 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4463 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4464 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4465 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4466 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4467 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4468 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4469 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4470 } 4471 4472 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4473 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4474 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4475 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4476 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4477 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4478 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4479 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4480 // Restrict is covered above. 4481 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4482 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4483 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4484 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4485 } 4486 4487 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4488 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4489 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4490 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4491 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4492 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4493 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4494 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4495 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4496 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4497 for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes()) 4498 Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4499 << AL.getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4500 } 4501 } 4502 4503 return TagD; 4504 } 4505 4506 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4507 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4508 /// 4509 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4510 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4511 Scope *S, 4512 DeclContext *Owner, 4513 DeclarationName Name, 4514 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4515 bool IsUnion) { 4516 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4517 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 4518 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4519 4520 // Pick a representative declaration. 4521 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4522 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4523 4524 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4525 return false; 4526 4527 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4528 << IsUnion << Name; 4529 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4530 4531 return true; 4532 } 4533 4534 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4535 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4536 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4537 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4538 /// struct, e.g., 4539 /// 4540 /// @code 4541 /// union { 4542 /// int i; 4543 /// float f; 4544 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4545 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4546 /// @endcode 4547 /// 4548 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4549 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4550 static bool 4551 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4552 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4553 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4554 bool Invalid = false; 4555 4556 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4557 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4558 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4559 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4560 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4561 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4562 VD->getLocation(), 4563 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4564 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4565 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4566 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4567 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4568 Invalid = true; 4569 } else { 4570 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4571 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4572 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4573 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4574 // anonymous union is declared. 4575 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4576 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4577 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4578 else 4579 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4580 4581 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4582 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4583 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4584 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4585 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4586 4587 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4588 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4589 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4590 4591 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4592 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4593 4594 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4595 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4596 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4597 4598 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4599 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4600 4601 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4602 } 4603 } 4604 } 4605 4606 return Invalid; 4607 } 4608 4609 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4610 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4611 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4612 static StorageClass 4613 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4614 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4615 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4616 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4617 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4618 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4619 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4620 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4621 return SC_None; 4622 return SC_Extern; 4623 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4624 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4625 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4626 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4627 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4628 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4629 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4630 } 4631 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4632 } 4633 4634 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4635 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4636 4637 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4638 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4639 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4640 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4641 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4642 return FD->getLocation(); 4643 } 4644 4645 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4646 } 4647 4648 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4649 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4650 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4651 return; 4652 4653 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4654 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4655 } 4656 4657 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4658 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4659 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4660 return; 4661 4662 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4663 } 4664 4665 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4666 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4667 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4668 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4669 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4670 AccessSpecifier AS, 4671 RecordDecl *Record, 4672 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4673 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4674 4675 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4676 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4677 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4678 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4679 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4680 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4681 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4682 4683 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4684 // structs/unions. 4685 bool Invalid = false; 4686 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4687 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4688 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4689 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4690 // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2: 4691 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4692 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4693 unsigned DiagID; 4694 DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext(); 4695 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4696 (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() || 4697 (OwnerScope->isNamespace() && 4698 !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) { 4699 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4700 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4701 4702 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4703 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4704 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4705 } 4706 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4707 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4708 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4709 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4710 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4711 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4712 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4713 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4714 4715 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4716 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4717 SourceLocation(), 4718 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4719 } 4720 } 4721 4722 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4723 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4724 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4725 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4726 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4727 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4728 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4729 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4730 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4731 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4732 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4733 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4734 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4735 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4736 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4737 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4738 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4739 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4740 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4741 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4742 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4743 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4744 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4745 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4746 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4747 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4748 4749 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4750 } 4751 4752 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4753 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4754 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4755 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4756 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4757 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4758 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4759 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4760 // members (clause 11). 4761 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4762 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4763 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4764 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4765 Invalid = true; 4766 } 4767 4768 // C++ [class.union]p1 4769 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4770 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4771 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4772 // array of such objects. 4773 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4774 Invalid = true; 4775 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4776 // Any implicit members are fine. 4777 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4778 // This is a type that showed up in an 4779 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4780 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4781 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4782 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4783 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4784 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4785 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4786 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4787 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4788 << Record->isUnion(); 4789 else { 4790 // This is a nested type declaration. 4791 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4792 << Record->isUnion(); 4793 Invalid = true; 4794 } 4795 } else { 4796 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4797 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4798 // not part of standard C++. 4799 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4800 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4801 << Record->isUnion(); 4802 } 4803 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4804 // Any access specifier is fine. 4805 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4806 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4807 } else { 4808 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4809 // member. Complain about it. 4810 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4811 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4812 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4813 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4814 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4815 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4816 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4817 4818 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4819 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4820 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4821 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4822 << Record->isUnion(); 4823 else { 4824 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4825 Invalid = true; 4826 } 4827 } 4828 } 4829 4830 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4831 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4832 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4833 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4834 Owner->isRecord()) 4835 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4836 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4837 } 4838 4839 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4840 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4841 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4842 Invalid = true; 4843 } 4844 4845 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4846 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4847 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4848 // names into the program 4849 // C++ [class.mem]p2: 4850 // each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member 4851 // name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field 4852 // 4853 // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere. 4854 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty()) 4855 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4856 4857 // Mock up a declarator. 4858 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::MemberContext); 4859 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4860 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4861 4862 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4863 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4864 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4865 Anon = FieldDecl::Create( 4866 Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(), 4867 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, 4868 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4869 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4870 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4871 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4872 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4873 } else { 4874 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4875 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4876 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4877 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4878 // an error here 4879 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4880 Invalid = true; 4881 SC = SC_None; 4882 } 4883 4884 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(), 4885 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4886 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC); 4887 4888 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4889 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4890 // initializer: 4891 // union { int n = 0; }; 4892 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4893 } 4894 Anon->setImplicit(); 4895 4896 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4897 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4898 4899 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4900 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4901 // its members. 4902 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4903 4904 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4905 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4906 // purposes. 4907 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4908 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4909 4910 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4911 Invalid = true; 4912 4913 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4914 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4915 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4916 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4917 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4918 Context.setManglingNumber( 4919 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4920 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4921 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4922 } 4923 } 4924 } 4925 4926 if (Invalid) 4927 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4928 4929 return Anon; 4930 } 4931 4932 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4933 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4934 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4935 /// Example: 4936 /// 4937 /// struct A { int a; }; 4938 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4939 /// 4940 /// void foo() { 4941 /// B var; 4942 /// var.a = 3; 4943 /// } 4944 /// 4945 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4946 RecordDecl *Record) { 4947 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4948 4949 // Mock up a declarator. 4950 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext); 4951 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4952 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4953 4954 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4955 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4956 4957 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4958 NamedDecl *Anon = 4959 FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(), 4960 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo, 4961 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4962 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4963 Anon->setImplicit(); 4964 4965 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4966 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4967 4968 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4969 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4970 // purposes. 4971 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4972 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4973 4974 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4975 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4976 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4977 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4978 AS_none, Chain)) { 4979 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4980 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4981 } 4982 4983 return Anon; 4984 } 4985 4986 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4987 /// given Declarator. 4988 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4989 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4990 } 4991 4992 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4993 DeclarationNameInfo 4994 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4995 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4996 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4997 4998 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4999 5000 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 5001 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 5002 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 5003 return NameInfo; 5004 5005 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 5006 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 5007 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 5008 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 5009 // of the simple-template-id. 5010 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 5011 // class template. 5012 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 5013 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 5014 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 5015 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 5016 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 5017 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 5018 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 5019 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 5020 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 5021 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 5022 if (Template) 5023 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 5024 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5025 } 5026 5027 NameInfo.setName( 5028 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 5029 return NameInfo; 5030 } 5031 5032 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 5033 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 5034 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 5035 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 5036 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 5037 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 5038 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 5039 return NameInfo; 5040 5041 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 5042 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 5043 Name.Identifier)); 5044 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 5045 return NameInfo; 5046 5047 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 5048 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5049 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 5050 if (Ty.isNull()) 5051 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5052 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 5053 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5054 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5055 return NameInfo; 5056 } 5057 5058 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: { 5059 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5060 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 5061 if (Ty.isNull()) 5062 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5063 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5064 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5065 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5066 return NameInfo; 5067 } 5068 5069 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 5070 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 5071 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 5072 // to find the actual type being constructed. 5073 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 5074 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 5075 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5076 5077 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 5078 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 5079 5080 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 5081 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 5082 // was qualified. 5083 5084 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5085 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 5086 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 5087 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 5088 return NameInfo; 5089 } 5090 5091 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: { 5092 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5093 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 5094 if (Ty.isNull()) 5095 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5096 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5097 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5098 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5099 return NameInfo; 5100 } 5101 5102 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: { 5103 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 5104 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 5105 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 5106 } 5107 5108 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 5109 5110 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 5111 } 5112 5113 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 5114 do { 5115 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 5116 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 5117 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 5118 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 5119 else 5120 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 5121 } while (true); 5122 } 5123 5124 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 5125 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 5126 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 5127 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 5128 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 5129 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 5130 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 5131 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 5132 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 5133 FunctionDecl *Definition, 5134 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 5135 Params.clear(); 5136 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 5137 return false; 5138 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 5139 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5140 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5141 5142 // The parameter types are identical 5143 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 5144 continue; 5145 5146 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 5147 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 5148 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5149 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5150 5151 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 5152 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 5153 Params.push_back(Idx); 5154 else // The two parameters aren't even close 5155 return false; 5156 } 5157 5158 return true; 5159 } 5160 5161 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5162 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5163 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5164 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5165 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5166 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5167 DeclarationName Name) { 5168 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5169 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5170 // - types which will become injected class names 5171 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5172 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5173 // few cases here. 5174 5175 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5176 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5177 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5178 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5179 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5180 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5181 // Grab the type from the parser. 5182 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5183 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5184 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 5185 5186 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5187 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5188 // attached already. 5189 if (!TSI) 5190 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5191 5192 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5193 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5194 if (!TSI) return true; 5195 5196 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5197 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5198 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5199 break; 5200 } 5201 5202 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5203 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5204 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5205 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5206 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5207 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5208 break; 5209 } 5210 5211 default: 5212 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5213 break; 5214 } 5215 5216 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5217 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5218 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5219 5220 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5221 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5222 // pointer. 5223 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5224 continue; 5225 5226 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5227 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5228 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5229 return true; 5230 } 5231 5232 return false; 5233 } 5234 5235 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5236 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 5237 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5238 5239 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5240 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5241 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5242 5243 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 5244 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 5245 5246 return Dcl; 5247 } 5248 5249 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5250 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5251 /// name different from T: 5252 /// - every static data member of class T; 5253 /// - every member function of class T 5254 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5255 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5256 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5257 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5258 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5259 5260 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5261 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5262 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5263 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5264 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5265 return true; 5266 } 5267 5268 return false; 5269 } 5270 5271 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5272 /// nested-name-specifier. 5273 /// 5274 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5275 /// 5276 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5277 /// resolves. 5278 /// 5279 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5280 /// 5281 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5282 /// 5283 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus 5284 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation. 5285 /// 5286 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5287 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5288 DeclarationName Name, 5289 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) { 5290 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5291 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5292 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5293 5294 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5295 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5296 // 5297 // class X { 5298 // void X::f(); 5299 // }; 5300 // 5301 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5302 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5303 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5304 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5305 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5306 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5307 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5308 SS.clear(); 5309 } else { 5310 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5311 } 5312 return false; 5313 } 5314 5315 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5316 // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in 5317 // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope. 5318 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) { 5319 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5320 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5321 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5322 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5323 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5324 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5325 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5326 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5327 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5328 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5329 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5330 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5331 else 5332 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5333 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5334 5335 return true; 5336 } 5337 5338 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5339 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5340 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5341 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5342 SS.clear(); 5343 5344 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5345 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5346 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5347 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5348 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5349 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5350 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5351 return true; 5352 5353 return false; 5354 } 5355 5356 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5357 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5358 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5359 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5360 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5361 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5362 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5363 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5364 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5365 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5366 5367 return false; 5368 } 5369 5370 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5371 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5372 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5373 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5374 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5375 5376 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5377 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5378 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5379 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5380 } else if (!Name) { 5381 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5382 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5383 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5384 return nullptr; 5385 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5386 return nullptr; 5387 5388 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5389 // we find one that is. 5390 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5391 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5392 S = S->getParent(); 5393 5394 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5395 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5396 D.setInvalidType(); 5397 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5398 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5399 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5400 return nullptr; 5401 5402 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5403 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5404 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5405 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5406 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5407 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5408 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5409 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5410 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5411 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5412 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5413 return nullptr; 5414 } 5415 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5416 5417 if (!IsDependentContext && 5418 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5419 return nullptr; 5420 5421 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5422 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5423 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5424 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5425 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5426 return nullptr; 5427 } 5428 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5429 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration( 5430 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5431 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) { 5432 if (DC->isRecord()) 5433 return nullptr; 5434 5435 D.setInvalidType(); 5436 } 5437 } 5438 5439 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5440 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5441 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5442 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5443 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5444 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5445 D.setInvalidType(); 5446 } 5447 } 5448 5449 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5450 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5451 5452 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5453 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5454 D.setInvalidType(); 5455 5456 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5457 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 5458 5459 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5460 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5461 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5462 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5463 5464 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5465 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5466 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5467 // 5468 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5469 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5470 // the same name. 5471 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5472 /* Do nothing*/; 5473 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5474 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5475 R->isFunctionType())) { 5476 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5477 CreateBuiltins = 5478 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5479 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5480 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5481 CreateBuiltins = true; 5482 5483 if (IsLinkageLookup) { 5484 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5485 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration); 5486 } 5487 5488 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5489 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5490 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5491 5492 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5493 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5494 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5495 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5496 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5497 // thereof; [...] 5498 // 5499 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5500 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5501 // we want to match. For example, given: 5502 // 5503 // class X { 5504 // void f(); 5505 // void f(float); 5506 // }; 5507 // 5508 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5509 // 5510 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5511 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5512 // matches. 5513 5514 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5515 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5516 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5517 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5518 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5519 } 5520 5521 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5522 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5523 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5524 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5525 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5526 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5527 5528 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5529 Previous.clear(); 5530 } 5531 5532 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5533 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. 5534 Previous.clear(); 5535 5536 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5537 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5538 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and 5539 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. 5540 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5541 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 5542 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) 5543 Previous.clear(); 5544 5545 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5546 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5547 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5548 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5549 5550 NamedDecl *New; 5551 5552 bool AddToScope = true; 5553 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5554 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5555 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5556 return nullptr; 5557 } 5558 5559 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5560 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5561 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5562 TemplateParamLists, 5563 AddToScope); 5564 } else { 5565 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5566 AddToScope); 5567 } 5568 5569 if (!New) 5570 return nullptr; 5571 5572 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5573 // add it to the scope stack. 5574 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) 5575 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 5576 5577 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5578 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5579 5580 return New; 5581 } 5582 5583 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5584 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5585 /// GCC compatibility). 5586 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5587 ASTContext &Context, 5588 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5589 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5590 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5591 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5592 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5593 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5594 SizeIsNegative = false; 5595 Oversized = 0; 5596 5597 if (T->isDependentType()) 5598 return QualType(); 5599 5600 QualifierCollector Qs; 5601 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5602 5603 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5604 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5605 QualType FixedType = 5606 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5607 Oversized); 5608 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5609 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5610 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5611 } 5612 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5613 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5614 QualType FixedType = 5615 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5616 Oversized); 5617 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5618 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5619 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5620 } 5621 5622 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5623 if (!VLATy) 5624 return QualType(); 5625 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5626 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5627 return QualType(); 5628 5629 Expr::EvalResult Result; 5630 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5631 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) 5632 return QualType(); 5633 5634 llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt(); 5635 5636 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5637 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5638 SizeIsNegative = true; 5639 return QualType(); 5640 } 5641 5642 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5643 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5644 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5645 Res); 5646 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5647 Oversized = Res; 5648 return QualType(); 5649 } 5650 5651 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5652 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5653 } 5654 5655 static void 5656 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5657 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5658 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5659 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5660 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5661 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5662 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5663 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5664 return; 5665 } 5666 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5667 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5668 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5669 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5670 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5671 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5672 return; 5673 } 5674 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5675 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5676 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5677 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5678 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5679 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5680 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5681 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5682 } 5683 5684 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5685 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5686 /// GCC compatibility). 5687 static TypeSourceInfo* 5688 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5689 ASTContext &Context, 5690 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5691 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5692 QualType FixedTy 5693 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5694 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5695 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5696 return nullptr; 5697 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5698 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5699 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5700 return FixedTInfo; 5701 } 5702 5703 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5704 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5705 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5706 /// function-scope declarations. 5707 void 5708 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5709 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5710 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5711 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5712 return; 5713 5714 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5715 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5716 } 5717 5718 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5719 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5720 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5721 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5722 } 5723 5724 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5725 /// does not identify a function. 5726 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5727 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5728 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5729 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5730 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5731 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5732 5733 if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier()) 5734 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5735 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5736 5737 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5738 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5739 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5740 } 5741 5742 NamedDecl* 5743 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5744 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5745 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5746 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5747 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5748 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5749 D.setInvalidType(); 5750 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5751 DC = CurContext; 5752 Previous.clear(); 5753 } 5754 5755 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5756 5757 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5758 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5759 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 5760 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 5761 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5762 << 1 << (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier() == CSK_consteval); 5763 5764 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { 5765 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5766 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5767 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5768 << "typedef"; 5769 else 5770 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5771 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5772 return nullptr; 5773 } 5774 5775 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5776 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5777 5778 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5779 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5780 5781 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5782 5783 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5784 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5785 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5786 return ND; 5787 } 5788 5789 void 5790 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5791 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5792 // then it shall have block scope. 5793 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5794 // that redeclarations will match. 5795 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5796 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5797 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5798 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5799 5800 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5801 bool SizeIsNegative; 5802 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5803 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5804 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5805 SizeIsNegative, 5806 Oversized); 5807 if (FixedTInfo) { 5808 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5809 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5810 } else { 5811 if (SizeIsNegative) 5812 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5813 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5814 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5815 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5816 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5817 << Oversized.toString(10); 5818 else 5819 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5820 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5821 } 5822 } 5823 } 5824 } 5825 5826 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5827 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5828 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5829 NamedDecl* 5830 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5831 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5832 5833 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 5834 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 5835 5836 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5837 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5838 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5839 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5840 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5841 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5842 Redeclaration = true; 5843 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5844 } 5845 5846 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 5847 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 5848 5849 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5850 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5851 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5852 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5853 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5854 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5855 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5856 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5857 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5858 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5859 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5860 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5861 } 5862 5863 return NewTD; 5864 } 5865 5866 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5867 /// previous declaration. 5868 /// 5869 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5870 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5871 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5872 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5873 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5874 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5875 /// 5876 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5877 /// lookup 5878 /// 5879 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5880 /// declared. 5881 /// 5882 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5883 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5884 static bool 5885 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5886 ASTContext &Context) { 5887 if (!PrevDecl) 5888 return false; 5889 5890 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5891 return false; 5892 5893 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5894 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5895 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5896 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5897 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5898 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5899 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5900 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5901 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5902 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5903 return false; 5904 5905 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5906 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5907 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5908 return false; 5909 5910 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5911 // previous declarations. 5912 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5913 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5914 5915 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5916 // isn't the same function. 5917 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5918 return false; 5919 } 5920 5921 return true; 5922 } 5923 5924 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5925 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5926 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5927 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context)); 5928 } 5929 5930 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5931 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5932 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5933 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5934 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5935 unsigned kind = -1U; 5936 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5937 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5938 kind = 0; // __block 5939 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5940 kind = 1; // global 5941 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5942 kind = 3; // ivar 5943 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5944 kind = 2; // field 5945 } 5946 5947 if (kind != -1U) { 5948 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5949 << kind; 5950 } 5951 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5952 // Try to infer lifetime. 5953 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5954 return false; 5955 5956 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5957 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5958 decl->setType(type); 5959 } 5960 5961 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5962 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5963 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5964 var->getTLSKind()) { 5965 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5966 << var->getType(); 5967 return true; 5968 } 5969 } 5970 5971 return false; 5972 } 5973 5974 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5975 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5976 // the wrong linkage. 5977 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5978 5979 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5980 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5981 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5982 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5983 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5984 } 5985 } 5986 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5987 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5988 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5989 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5990 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5991 } 5992 } 5993 5994 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5995 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5996 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5997 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5998 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5999 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 6000 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 6001 } 6002 } 6003 } 6004 6005 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 6006 // It does not apply to functions. 6007 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 6008 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6009 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 6010 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 6011 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 6012 } 6013 } 6014 6015 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 6016 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 6017 bool IsAnonymousNS = false; 6018 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6019 if (VD) { 6020 const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext()); 6021 while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) { 6022 IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace(); 6023 NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent()); 6024 } 6025 } 6026 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 6027 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 6028 // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have 6029 // external linkage in order to be exported. 6030 bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft; 6031 if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) || 6032 (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode && 6033 (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) { 6034 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 6035 << &ND << Attr; 6036 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 6037 } 6038 } 6039 6040 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 6041 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 6042 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 6043 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 6044 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 6045 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 6046 << Attr; 6047 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 6048 } 6049 6050 // Check the attributes on the function type, if any. 6051 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) { 6052 // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement; 6053 // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the 6054 // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769. 6055 AttributedTypeLoc ATL; 6056 for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); 6057 (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>()); 6058 TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) { 6059 // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object 6060 // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor) 6061 // by applying it to the function type. 6062 if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) { 6063 const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6064 if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) { 6065 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param) 6066 << !MD << A->getRange(); 6067 } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 6068 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor) 6069 << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange(); 6070 } 6071 } 6072 } 6073 } 6074 } 6075 6076 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 6077 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 6078 bool IsSpecialization, 6079 bool IsDefinition) { 6080 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6081 return; 6082 6083 bool IsTemplate = false; 6084 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6085 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6086 IsTemplate = true; 6087 if (!IsSpecialization) 6088 IsDefinition = false; 6089 } 6090 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6091 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6092 IsTemplate = true; 6093 } 6094 6095 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 6096 return; 6097 6098 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6099 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6100 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6101 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6102 6103 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 6104 // inherited attribute instances. 6105 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 6106 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 6107 6108 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 6109 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 6110 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 6111 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 6112 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 6113 6114 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 6115 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 6116 bool JustWarn = false; 6117 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 6118 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 6119 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6120 JustWarn = true; 6121 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 6122 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 6123 JustWarn = true; 6124 } 6125 6126 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 6127 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 6128 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 6129 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 6130 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 6131 JustWarn = false; 6132 6133 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 6134 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 6135 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 6136 << NewDecl 6137 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 6138 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6139 if (!JustWarn) { 6140 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6141 return; 6142 } 6143 } 6144 6145 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 6146 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 6147 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 6148 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 6149 // it were marked dllexport. 6150 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 6151 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6152 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6153 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 6154 // separately. 6155 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 6156 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 6157 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 6158 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6159 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 6160 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 6161 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 6162 } 6163 6164 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 6165 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 6166 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 6167 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 6168 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6169 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 6170 << NewDecl; 6171 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6172 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6173 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 6174 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 6175 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 6176 } else { 6177 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6178 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6179 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6180 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6181 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6182 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6183 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6184 } 6185 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 6186 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport 6187 // attribute. 6188 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6189 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6190 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6191 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6192 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6193 } 6194 6195 // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here 6196 // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the 6197 // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically 6198 // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later. 6199 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6200 if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization && 6201 !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) { 6202 if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr = 6203 MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 6204 DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context); 6205 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 6206 NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr); 6207 } 6208 } 6209 } 6210 } 6211 6212 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6213 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6214 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6215 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6216 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6217 6218 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6219 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6220 6221 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6222 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6223 return false; 6224 6225 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6226 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6227 } 6228 6229 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6230 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6231 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6232 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6233 /// 6234 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6235 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6236 /// 6237 /// For instance: 6238 /// 6239 /// auto x = []{}; 6240 /// 6241 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6242 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6243 /// 6244 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6245 template<typename T> 6246 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6247 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6248 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6249 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6250 return false; 6251 6252 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6253 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6254 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6255 return false; 6256 } 6257 return D->isExternC(); 6258 } 6259 6260 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6261 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6262 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || 6263 isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6264 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6265 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6266 return true; 6267 if (DC->isRecord()) 6268 return false; 6269 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6270 } 6271 6272 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6273 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6274 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6275 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6276 return true; 6277 if (DC->isRecord()) 6278 return false; 6279 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6280 } 6281 6282 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6283 ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) { 6284 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6285 if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6286 return true; 6287 6288 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6289 // position to the decl itself. 6290 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6291 if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6292 return true; 6293 } 6294 6295 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6296 return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind); 6297 } 6298 6299 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6300 /// function-local external declaration. 6301 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6302 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6303 return false; 6304 6305 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6306 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6307 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6308 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6309 return true; 6310 6311 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6312 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6313 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6314 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6315 // 6316 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6317 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6318 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6319 DC = DC->getParent(); 6320 return true; 6321 } 6322 6323 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6324 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6325 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6326 return FD->isExternC(); 6327 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6328 return VD->isExternC(); 6329 6330 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6331 } 6332 6333 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6334 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6335 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6336 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6337 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6338 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6339 6340 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6341 6342 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6343 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6344 // purposes. 6345 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6346 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6347 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6348 Name = II; 6349 } 6350 } else if (!II) { 6351 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6352 return nullptr; 6353 } 6354 6355 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6356 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6357 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6358 // argument. 6359 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6360 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6361 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6362 << R; 6363 D.setInvalidType(); 6364 return nullptr; 6365 } 6366 6367 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6368 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6369 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6370 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6371 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6372 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6373 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6374 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6375 D.setInvalidType(); 6376 return nullptr; 6377 } 6378 } 6379 6380 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6381 QualType NR = R; 6382 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6383 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6384 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); 6385 D.setInvalidType(); 6386 break; 6387 } 6388 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6389 } 6390 6391 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6392 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6393 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6394 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6395 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6396 D.setInvalidType(); 6397 } 6398 } 6399 6400 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6401 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6402 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6403 // space qualifiers. 6404 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6405 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6406 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6407 } 6408 6409 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6410 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6411 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6412 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6413 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6414 R.isConstQualified())) { 6415 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6416 D.setInvalidType(); 6417 } 6418 } 6419 6420 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6421 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6422 // address space qualifiers. 6423 if (R->isEventT()) { 6424 if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 6425 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6426 D.setInvalidType(); 6427 } 6428 } 6429 6430 // C++ for OpenCL does not allow the thread_local storage qualifier. 6431 // OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and 6432 // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers. 6433 DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec(); 6434 if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) { 6435 bool IsCXX = getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus; 6436 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6437 diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier) 6438 << IsCXX << getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString() 6439 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1; 6440 D.setInvalidType(); 6441 return nullptr; 6442 } 6443 } 6444 6445 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6446 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6447 6448 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6449 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6450 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6451 hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) && 6452 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport)) 6453 SC = SC_Extern; 6454 6455 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6456 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6457 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6458 6459 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6460 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6461 // an error here 6462 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6463 D.setInvalidType(); 6464 SC = SC_None; 6465 } 6466 6467 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6468 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6469 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6470 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6471 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6472 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6473 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6474 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6475 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6476 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6477 } 6478 6479 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6480 6481 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6482 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6483 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6484 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6485 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6486 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6487 D.setInvalidType(); 6488 } 6489 } 6490 6491 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6492 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6493 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6494 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6495 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6496 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6497 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6498 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6499 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6500 II, R, TInfo, SC); 6501 6502 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6503 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6504 6505 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6506 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6507 } else { 6508 bool Invalid = false; 6509 6510 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6511 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6512 switch (SC) { 6513 case SC_None: 6514 break; 6515 case SC_Static: 6516 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6517 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6518 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6519 break; 6520 case SC_Auto: 6521 case SC_Register: 6522 case SC_Extern: 6523 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6524 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6525 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6526 // of class members 6527 6528 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6529 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6530 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6531 break; 6532 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6533 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6534 } 6535 } 6536 6537 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6538 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6539 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6540 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6541 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6542 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6543 6544 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6545 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6546 if (RD->isUnion()) 6547 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6548 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6549 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6550 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6551 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6552 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6553 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6554 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6555 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6556 } 6557 } 6558 6559 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6560 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6561 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6562 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6563 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6564 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 6565 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6566 : nullptr, 6567 TemplateParamLists, 6568 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6569 6570 if (TemplateParams) { 6571 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6572 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6573 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6574 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6575 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6576 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6577 << II 6578 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6579 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6580 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6581 } else { 6582 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6583 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6584 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6585 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6586 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6587 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6588 // This is a template declaration. 6589 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6590 6591 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6592 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6593 return nullptr; 6594 6595 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6596 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6597 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6598 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6599 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6600 } 6601 } 6602 } else { 6603 assert((Invalid || 6604 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) && 6605 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6606 } 6607 6608 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6609 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6610 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6611 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6612 : SourceLocation(); 6613 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6614 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6615 IsPartialSpecialization); 6616 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6617 return nullptr; 6618 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6619 AddToScope = false; 6620 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6621 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 6622 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6623 Bindings); 6624 } else 6625 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 6626 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6627 6628 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6629 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6630 NewTemplate = 6631 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6632 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6633 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6634 } 6635 6636 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6637 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6638 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6639 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6640 6641 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6642 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6643 if (NewTemplate) 6644 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6645 } 6646 6647 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D); 6648 6649 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6650 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6651 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6652 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6653 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6654 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6655 6656 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) { 6657 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6658 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6659 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6660 // implicitly an inline variable. 6661 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) 6662 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6663 if (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier() == CSK_consteval) 6664 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6665 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 6666 << /*consteval*/ 1; 6667 } 6668 } 6669 6670 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6671 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6672 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6673 << 0; 6674 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6675 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6676 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6677 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6678 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6679 } else { 6680 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6681 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6682 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6683 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6684 } 6685 } 6686 6687 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6688 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6689 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6690 if (NewTemplate) 6691 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6692 6693 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6694 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6695 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6696 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6697 else 6698 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6699 } 6700 6701 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6702 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6703 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6704 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6705 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6706 // explicitly. 6707 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6708 // 'extern'. 6709 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6710 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6711 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6712 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6713 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6714 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6715 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6716 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6717 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6718 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6719 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6720 // error should be ignored. 6721 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6722 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6723 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6724 // to emit any code for it. 6725 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6726 } else 6727 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6728 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6729 } else 6730 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6731 } 6732 6733 // C99 6.7.4p3 6734 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6735 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6736 // thread storage duration... 6737 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6738 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6739 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6740 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6741 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6742 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6743 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6744 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6745 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6746 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6747 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6748 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6749 } 6750 } 6751 6752 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6753 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6754 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6755 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6756 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6757 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6758 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6759 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6760 << 2 6761 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6762 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6763 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6764 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6765 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6766 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6767 else { 6768 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6769 if (NewTemplate) 6770 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6771 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6772 B->setModulePrivate(); 6773 } 6774 } 6775 6776 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6777 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6778 6779 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6780 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 6781 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 6782 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 6783 NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>()))) 6784 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6785 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6786 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6787 // storage [duration]." 6788 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6789 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6790 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6791 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6792 } 6793 } 6794 6795 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6796 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6797 // check the VarDecl itself. 6798 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6799 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6800 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6801 6802 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6803 // retainable type. 6804 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6805 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6806 6807 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6808 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6809 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6810 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6811 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6812 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6813 switch (SC) { 6814 case SC_None: 6815 case SC_Auto: 6816 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6817 break; 6818 case SC_Register: 6819 // Local Named register 6820 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6821 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6822 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6823 break; 6824 case SC_Static: 6825 case SC_Extern: 6826 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6827 break; 6828 } 6829 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6830 // Global Named register 6831 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6832 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6833 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6834 6835 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6836 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6837 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6838 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6839 HasSizeMismatch)) 6840 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6841 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6842 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6843 } 6844 6845 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6846 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6847 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6848 } 6849 } 6850 6851 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6852 Context, Label, 0)); 6853 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6854 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6855 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6856 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6857 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6858 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6859 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6860 } else 6861 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6862 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6863 } 6864 } 6865 6866 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6867 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6868 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6869 : nullptr; 6870 6871 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6872 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6873 // declaration has linkage). 6874 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6875 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6876 IsMemberSpecialization || 6877 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6878 6879 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6880 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6881 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6882 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6883 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6884 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6885 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6886 6887 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6888 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6889 } else { 6890 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6891 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6892 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6893 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6894 6895 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6896 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6897 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6898 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6899 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6900 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6901 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6902 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6903 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6904 Previous.clear(); 6905 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6906 } 6907 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6908 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6909 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6910 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6911 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6912 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6913 } 6914 6915 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6916 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6917 6918 if (NewTemplate) { 6919 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6920 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6921 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6922 : nullptr; 6923 6924 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6925 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6926 // template declaration. 6927 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6928 TemplateParams, 6929 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6930 : nullptr, 6931 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6932 DC->isDependentContext()) 6933 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6934 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6935 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6936 6937 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6938 // template, make a note of that. 6939 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6940 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6941 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6942 } 6943 } 6944 6945 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6946 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6947 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6948 6949 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6950 6951 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6952 // the map of such variables. 6953 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6954 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6955 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6956 6957 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6958 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6959 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6960 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6961 Context.setManglingNumber( 6962 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6963 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6964 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6965 } 6966 } 6967 6968 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6969 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6970 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6971 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6972 6973 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6974 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6975 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6976 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6977 6978 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6979 // behavior. 6980 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6981 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6982 } 6983 6984 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6985 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6986 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization, 6987 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6988 } 6989 6990 if (NewTemplate) { 6991 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6992 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6993 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6994 return NewTemplate; 6995 } 6996 6997 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6998 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 6999 7000 return NewVD; 7001 } 7002 7003 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 7004 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 7005 SDK_Local, 7006 SDK_Global, 7007 SDK_StaticMember, 7008 SDK_Field, 7009 SDK_Typedef, 7010 SDK_Using 7011 }; 7012 7013 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 7014 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7015 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 7016 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7017 return SDK_Using; 7018 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7019 return SDK_Typedef; 7020 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 7021 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 7022 7023 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 7024 } 7025 7026 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 7027 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 7028 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 7029 const VarDecl *VD) { 7030 for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 7031 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 7032 return Capture.getLocation(); 7033 } 7034 return SourceLocation(); 7035 } 7036 7037 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 7038 const LookupResult &R) { 7039 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 7040 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 7041 return false; 7042 7043 // Return false if warning is ignored. 7044 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 7045 } 7046 7047 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 7048 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7049 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 7050 const LookupResult &R) { 7051 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7052 return nullptr; 7053 7054 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 7055 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 7056 return nullptr; 7057 7058 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7059 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 7060 ? ShadowedDecl 7061 : nullptr; 7062 } 7063 7064 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 7065 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7066 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 7067 const LookupResult &R) { 7068 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 7069 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7070 return nullptr; 7071 7072 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7073 return nullptr; 7074 7075 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7076 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 7077 } 7078 7079 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 7080 /// -Wshadow. 7081 /// 7082 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 7083 /// scope. 7084 /// 7085 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 7086 /// \param R the lookup of the name 7087 /// 7088 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7089 const LookupResult &R) { 7090 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 7091 7092 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 7093 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 7094 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 7095 if (MD->isStatic()) 7096 return; 7097 7098 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 7099 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 7100 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 7101 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 7102 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 7103 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 7104 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 7105 return; 7106 } 7107 } 7108 7109 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7110 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 7111 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 7112 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 7113 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 7114 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 7115 ShadowedDecl = I; 7116 break; 7117 } 7118 } 7119 7120 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7121 7122 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 7123 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 7124 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 7125 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 7126 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 7127 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 7128 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 7129 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 7130 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 7131 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 7132 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 7133 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7134 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 7135 } else { 7136 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 7137 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 7138 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 7139 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 7140 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 7141 return; 7142 } 7143 } 7144 7145 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { 7146 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if 7147 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. 7148 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; 7149 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); 7150 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { 7151 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions 7152 // can capture; other scopes don't. 7153 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && 7154 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { 7155 return; 7156 } 7157 } 7158 } 7159 } 7160 } 7161 7162 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7163 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7164 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7165 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7166 return; 7167 7168 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7169 // static data members from base classes? 7170 7171 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7172 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7173 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7174 } 7175 7176 7177 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7178 7179 // Emit warning and note. 7180 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 7181 return; 7182 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7183 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7184 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7185 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7186 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7187 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7188 } 7189 7190 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7191 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7192 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7193 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7194 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7195 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7196 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7197 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7198 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7199 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7200 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7201 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7202 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7203 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7204 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7205 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7206 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7207 } 7208 } 7209 7210 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7211 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7212 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7213 return; 7214 7215 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7216 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7217 LookupName(R, S); 7218 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7219 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7220 } 7221 7222 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7223 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7224 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7225 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7226 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7227 return; 7228 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7229 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7230 if (!DRE) 7231 return; 7232 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7233 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7234 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7235 return; 7236 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7237 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7238 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7239 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7240 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7241 7242 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7243 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7244 } 7245 7246 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7247 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7248 template<typename T> 7249 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7250 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7251 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7252 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7253 7254 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7255 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7256 // declaration. 7257 return false; 7258 } 7259 7260 if (Prev) { 7261 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7262 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7263 // redeclaration. 7264 Previous.clear(); 7265 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7266 return true; 7267 } 7268 7269 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7270 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7271 // declaration. 7272 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7273 return false; 7274 } else { 7275 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7276 // translation unit which might conflict. 7277 if (IsGlobal) { 7278 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7279 IsGlobal = false; 7280 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7281 I != E; ++I) { 7282 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7283 Prev = *I; 7284 break; 7285 } 7286 } 7287 } else { 7288 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7289 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7290 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7291 I != E; ++I) { 7292 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7293 Prev = *I; 7294 break; 7295 } 7296 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7297 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7298 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7299 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7300 // diagnostic. 7301 } 7302 } 7303 7304 if (!Prev) 7305 return false; 7306 } 7307 7308 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7309 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7310 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7311 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7312 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7313 else 7314 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7315 7316 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7317 << IsGlobal << ND; 7318 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7319 << IsGlobal; 7320 return false; 7321 } 7322 7323 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7324 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7325 /// 7326 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7327 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7328 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7329 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7330 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7331 template<typename T> 7332 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7333 LookupResult &Previous) { 7334 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7335 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7336 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7337 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7338 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7339 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7340 Previous.clear(); 7341 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7342 return true; 7343 } 7344 } 7345 return false; 7346 } 7347 7348 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7349 // declaration. 7350 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7351 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7352 7353 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7354 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7355 // in another scope. 7356 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7357 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7358 7359 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7360 return false; 7361 } 7362 7363 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7364 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7365 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7366 return; 7367 7368 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 7369 7370 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7371 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7372 return; 7373 7374 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7375 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7376 7377 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7378 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7379 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7380 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7381 NewVD->setType(T); 7382 } 7383 7384 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7385 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7386 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7387 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7388 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 7389 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7390 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7391 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7392 return; 7393 } 7394 7395 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7396 // scope. 7397 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7398 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7399 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7400 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7401 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7402 return; 7403 } 7404 7405 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7406 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7407 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7408 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7409 return; 7410 } 7411 7412 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7413 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7414 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7415 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7416 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7417 << 0 /*const*/; 7418 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7419 return; 7420 } 7421 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7422 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7423 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7424 return; 7425 } 7426 } 7427 // OpenCL C v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7428 // __constant address space. 7429 // OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7430 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7431 // address space. 7432 // C++ for OpenCL inherits rule from OpenCL C v2.0. 7433 // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense. 7434 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7435 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7436 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7437 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7438 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7439 (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || 7440 getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)))) { 7441 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7442 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) 7443 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7444 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7445 else 7446 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7447 << Scope << "constant"; 7448 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7449 return; 7450 } 7451 } else { 7452 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7453 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7454 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7455 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7456 return; 7457 } 7458 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7459 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7460 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7461 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 7462 // in functions. 7463 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7464 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7465 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7466 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7467 else 7468 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7469 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7470 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7471 return; 7472 } 7473 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 7474 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 7475 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7476 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 7477 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7478 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7479 << "constant"; 7480 else 7481 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7482 << "local"; 7483 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7484 return; 7485 } 7486 } 7487 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private && 7488 // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr 7489 // space yet. 7490 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7491 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 7492 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 7493 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7494 return; 7495 } 7496 } 7497 } 7498 7499 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7500 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7501 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7502 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7503 else { 7504 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7505 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7506 } 7507 } 7508 7509 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7510 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7511 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7512 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7513 7514 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7515 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7516 bool SizeIsNegative; 7517 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7518 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( 7519 NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7520 QualType FixedT; 7521 if (FixedTInfo && T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()) 7522 FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType(); 7523 else if (FixedTInfo) { 7524 // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up 7525 // both types separately. 7526 FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 7527 Oversized); 7528 } 7529 if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7530 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7531 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7532 // int a[10][n]; 7533 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7534 7535 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7536 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7537 << SizeRange; 7538 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7539 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7540 << SizeRange; 7541 else 7542 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7543 << SizeRange; 7544 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7545 return; 7546 } 7547 7548 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7549 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7550 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7551 else 7552 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7553 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7554 return; 7555 } 7556 7557 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7558 NewVD->setType(FixedT); 7559 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7560 } 7561 7562 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7563 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7564 // of objects and functions. 7565 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7566 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7567 << T; 7568 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7569 return; 7570 } 7571 } 7572 7573 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7574 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7575 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7576 return; 7577 } 7578 7579 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7580 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7581 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7582 return; 7583 } 7584 7585 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7586 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7587 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7588 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7589 return; 7590 } 7591 } 7592 7593 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7594 /// declaration. 7595 /// 7596 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7597 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7598 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7599 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7600 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7601 /// 7602 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7603 /// 7604 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7605 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7606 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7607 7608 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7609 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7610 return false; 7611 7612 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7613 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7614 if (Previous.empty() && 7615 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7616 Previous.setShadowed(); 7617 7618 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7619 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7620 return true; 7621 } 7622 return false; 7623 } 7624 7625 namespace { 7626 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7627 Sema *S; 7628 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7629 7630 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7631 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7632 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7633 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7634 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7635 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7636 7637 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7638 7639 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7640 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7641 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7642 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7643 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7644 7645 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7646 } 7647 7648 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7649 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7650 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7651 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7652 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7653 return true; 7654 } 7655 } 7656 7657 return false; 7658 } 7659 }; 7660 7661 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7662 } // end anonymous namespace 7663 7664 /// Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7665 /// overridden methods. 7666 /// 7667 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7668 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7669 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7670 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7671 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7672 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7673 for (const CXXMethodDecl *O : MD->overridden_methods()) { 7674 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7675 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7676 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7677 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7678 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !O->isDeleted()) || 7679 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && O->isDeleted())) 7680 S.Diag(O->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7681 } 7682 } 7683 7684 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7685 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7686 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7687 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7688 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7689 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7690 FOM.Method = MD; 7691 FOM.S = this; 7692 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7693 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7694 bool AddedAny = false; 7695 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7696 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7697 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7698 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7699 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7700 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7701 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7702 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7703 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7704 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7705 AddedAny = true; 7706 } 7707 } 7708 } 7709 } 7710 7711 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7712 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7713 } 7714 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7715 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7716 } 7717 7718 return AddedAny; 7719 } 7720 7721 namespace { 7722 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7723 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7724 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7725 Scope *S; 7726 Declarator &D; 7727 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7728 bool AddToScope; 7729 }; 7730 } // end anonymous namespace 7731 7732 namespace { 7733 7734 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7735 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7736 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7737 public: 7738 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7739 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7740 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7741 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7742 7743 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7744 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7745 return false; 7746 7747 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7748 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7749 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7750 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7751 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7752 7753 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7754 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7755 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7756 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7757 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7758 return true; 7759 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7760 return true; 7761 } 7762 } 7763 } 7764 7765 return false; 7766 } 7767 7768 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 7769 return llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 7770 } 7771 7772 private: 7773 ASTContext &Context; 7774 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7775 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7776 }; 7777 7778 } // end anonymous namespace 7779 7780 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 7781 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 7782 } 7783 7784 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7785 /// 7786 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7787 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7788 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7789 /// the same name. 7790 /// 7791 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7792 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7793 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7794 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7795 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7796 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7797 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7798 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7799 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7800 TypoCorrection Correction; 7801 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7802 unsigned DiagMsg = 7803 IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend : 7804 NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match : 7805 diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7806 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7807 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7808 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7809 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7810 7811 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7812 if (IsLocalFriend) 7813 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7814 else 7815 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7816 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7817 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7818 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7819 DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 7820 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); 7821 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7822 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7823 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7824 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7825 if (FD && 7826 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7827 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7828 // involve a parameter 7829 unsigned ParamNum = 7830 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7831 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7832 } 7833 } 7834 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7835 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7836 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7837 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, 7838 IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7839 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7840 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7841 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7842 Previous.clear(); 7843 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7844 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7845 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7846 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7847 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7848 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7849 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7850 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7851 } 7852 } 7853 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7854 7855 NamedDecl *Result; 7856 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7857 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7858 { 7859 // Trap errors. 7860 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7861 7862 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7863 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7864 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7865 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7866 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7867 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7868 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7869 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7870 7871 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7872 Result = nullptr; 7873 } 7874 7875 if (Result) { 7876 // Determine which correction we picked. 7877 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7878 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7879 I != E; ++I) 7880 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7881 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7882 7883 // Let Sema know about the correction. 7884 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 7885 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7886 Correction, 7887 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7888 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7889 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7890 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7891 return Result; 7892 } 7893 7894 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7895 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7896 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7897 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7898 Previous.clear(); 7899 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7900 } 7901 7902 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7903 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7904 7905 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7906 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7907 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7908 7909 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7910 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7911 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7912 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7913 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7914 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7915 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7916 7917 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7918 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7919 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7920 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7921 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7922 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7923 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7924 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7925 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7926 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7927 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7928 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7929 } else 7930 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7931 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7932 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7933 } 7934 return nullptr; 7935 } 7936 7937 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7938 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7939 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7940 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7941 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7942 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7943 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7944 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7945 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7946 D.setInvalidType(); 7947 break; 7948 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7949 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7950 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7951 return SC_None; 7952 return SC_Extern; 7953 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7954 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7955 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7956 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7957 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7958 // other than extern 7959 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7960 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7961 diag::err_static_block_func); 7962 break; 7963 } else 7964 return SC_Static; 7965 } 7966 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7967 } 7968 7969 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7970 return SC_None; 7971 } 7972 7973 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7974 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7975 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7976 StorageClass SC, 7977 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7978 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7979 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7980 7981 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7982 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7983 7984 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7985 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7986 // prototype. This true when: 7987 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7988 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7989 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7990 // function type). 7991 bool HasPrototype = 7992 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7993 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7994 7995 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, 7996 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype, 7997 CSK_unspecified); 7998 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7999 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8000 8001 return NewFD; 8002 } 8003 8004 ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier(); 8005 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 8006 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 8007 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8008 // the class has been completely parsed. 8009 if (!DC->isRecord() && 8010 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 8011 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 8012 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 8013 D.setInvalidType(); 8014 8015 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 8016 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 8017 assert(DC->isRecord() && 8018 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 8019 8020 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8021 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 8022 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8023 TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, isInline, 8024 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind); 8025 8026 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8027 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 8028 if (DC->isRecord()) { 8029 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8030 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 8031 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = 8032 CXXDestructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), 8033 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 8034 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 8035 8036 // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it 8037 // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start 8038 // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration. 8039 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8040 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD); 8041 8042 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8043 return NewDD; 8044 8045 } else { 8046 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 8047 D.setInvalidType(); 8048 8049 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 8050 // code path. 8051 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 8052 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, SC, 8053 isInline, 8054 /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind); 8055 } 8056 8057 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 8058 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 8059 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8060 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 8061 return nullptr; 8062 } 8063 8064 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8065 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8066 return CXXConversionDecl::Create( 8067 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8068 TInfo, isInline, ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation()); 8069 8070 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 8071 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8072 8073 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 8074 ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8075 D.getEndLoc()); 8076 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 8077 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 8078 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 8079 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 8080 // constructor if it has no return type). 8081 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 8082 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 8083 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 8084 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 8085 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8086 return nullptr; 8087 } 8088 8089 // This is a C++ method declaration. 8090 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 8091 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8092 TInfo, SC, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation()); 8093 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 8094 return Ret; 8095 } else { 8096 bool isFriend = 8097 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8098 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 8099 return nullptr; 8100 8101 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8102 // prototype. This true when: 8103 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 8104 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, 8105 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, true /*HasPrototype*/, 8106 ConstexprKind); 8107 } 8108 } 8109 8110 enum OpenCLParamType { 8111 ValidKernelParam, 8112 PtrPtrKernelParam, 8113 PtrKernelParam, 8114 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 8115 InvalidKernelParam, 8116 RecordKernelParam 8117 }; 8118 8119 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) { 8120 // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types 8121 // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to 8122 // integers other than by their names. 8123 StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"}; 8124 8125 // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef 8126 // for a size dependent type. 8127 QualType DesugaredTy = Ty; 8128 do { 8129 ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames); 8130 auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getAsString()); 8131 if (Names.end() != Match) 8132 return true; 8133 8134 Ty = DesugaredTy; 8135 DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C); 8136 } while (DesugaredTy != Ty); 8137 8138 return false; 8139 } 8140 8141 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 8142 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 8143 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 8144 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 8145 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 8146 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 8147 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private || 8148 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default) 8149 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 8150 return PtrKernelParam; 8151 } 8152 8153 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8154 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8155 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8156 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one 8157 // of these built-in scalar types. 8158 if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT)) 8159 return InvalidKernelParam; 8160 8161 if (PT->isImageType()) 8162 return PtrKernelParam; 8163 8164 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 8165 return InvalidKernelParam; 8166 8167 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 8168 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 8169 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 8170 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 8171 return InvalidKernelParam; 8172 8173 if (PT->isRecordType()) 8174 return RecordKernelParam; 8175 8176 // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type. 8177 if (PT->isArrayType()) { 8178 const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8179 // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the 8180 // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an 8181 // array, this recursive call only happens once. 8182 return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0)); 8183 } 8184 8185 return ValidKernelParam; 8186 } 8187 8188 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 8189 Sema &S, 8190 Declarator &D, 8191 ParmVarDecl *Param, 8192 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 8193 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8194 8195 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 8196 // used again 8197 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8198 return; 8199 8200 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8201 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8202 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 8203 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 8204 // pointer to a pointer type. 8205 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8206 D.setInvalidType(); 8207 return; 8208 8209 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8210 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8211 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8212 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8213 // __constant. 8214 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8215 D.setInvalidType(); 8216 return; 8217 8218 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8219 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8220 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8221 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8222 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8223 8224 case InvalidKernelParam: 8225 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8226 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8227 // of event_t type. 8228 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8229 // type for any function elsewhere. 8230 if (!PT->isHalfType()) { 8231 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8232 8233 // Explain what typedefs are involved. 8234 const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr; 8235 while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) { 8236 SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation(); 8237 // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type. 8238 if (Loc.isValid()) 8239 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT; 8240 PT = Typedef->desugar(); 8241 } 8242 } 8243 8244 D.setInvalidType(); 8245 return; 8246 8247 case PtrKernelParam: 8248 case ValidKernelParam: 8249 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8250 return; 8251 8252 case RecordKernelParam: 8253 break; 8254 } 8255 8256 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8257 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8258 8259 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8260 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8261 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8262 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8263 8264 // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or 8265 // an ArrayType of a RecordType. 8266 assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type."); 8267 const RecordType *RecTy = 8268 PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8269 const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl(); 8270 8271 VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl()); 8272 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8273 8274 do { 8275 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8276 if (!Next) { 8277 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8278 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8279 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8280 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8281 8282 continue; 8283 } 8284 8285 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8286 // field itself) to the history stack. 8287 const RecordDecl *RD; 8288 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8289 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8290 8291 QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); 8292 // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we 8293 // walk around RecordDecl::fields(). 8294 assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) && 8295 "Unexpected type."); 8296 const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8297 8298 RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8299 } else { 8300 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8301 } 8302 8303 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8304 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8305 8306 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8307 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8308 8309 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8310 continue; 8311 8312 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8313 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8314 continue; 8315 8316 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8317 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8318 continue; 8319 } 8320 8321 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8322 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8323 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8324 // union. 8325 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8326 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8327 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8328 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8329 << PT->isUnionType() 8330 << PT; 8331 } else { 8332 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8333 } 8334 8335 S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8336 << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName(); 8337 8338 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8339 // the offending field came from 8340 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8341 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8342 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8343 I != E; ++I) { 8344 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8345 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8346 << OuterField->getType(); 8347 } 8348 8349 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8350 << QT->isPointerType() 8351 << QT; 8352 D.setInvalidType(); 8353 return; 8354 } 8355 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8356 } 8357 8358 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8359 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8360 /// nothing. 8361 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8362 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8363 DC = DC->getParent(); 8364 return DC; 8365 } 8366 8367 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8368 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8369 /// nothing. 8370 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 8371 while (S->isClassScope() || 8372 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 8373 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8374 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8375 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 8376 S = S->getParent(); 8377 return S; 8378 } 8379 8380 NamedDecl* 8381 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 8382 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 8383 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 8384 bool &AddToScope) { 8385 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 8386 8387 assert(R->isFunctionType()); 8388 8389 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 8390 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8391 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8392 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 8393 8394 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8395 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8396 diag::err_invalid_thread) 8397 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8398 8399 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 8400 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 8401 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8402 8403 bool isFriend = false; 8404 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 8405 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 8406 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8407 8408 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8409 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8410 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8411 8412 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8413 8414 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8415 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8416 8417 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8418 isVirtualOkay); 8419 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8420 8421 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8422 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8423 8424 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8425 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8426 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8427 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8428 8429 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8430 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8431 8432 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8433 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8434 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8435 bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier(); 8436 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 8437 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8438 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8439 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8440 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8441 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8442 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8443 } 8444 8445 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8446 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8447 // return true). 8448 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8449 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8450 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8451 NewFD->setPure(true); 8452 8453 // C++ [class.union]p2 8454 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8455 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8456 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8457 } 8458 8459 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D); 8460 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8461 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8462 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8463 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8464 8465 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8466 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8467 bool Invalid = false; 8468 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8469 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8470 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8471 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8472 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 8473 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8474 : nullptr, 8475 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8476 Invalid)) { 8477 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8478 // This is a function template 8479 8480 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8481 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8482 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8483 8484 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8485 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8486 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8487 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8488 } 8489 8490 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8491 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8492 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8493 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8494 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8495 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8496 Invalid = true; 8497 } 8498 8499 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8500 NewFD->getLocation(), 8501 Name, TemplateParams, 8502 NewFD); 8503 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8504 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8505 8506 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8507 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8508 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8509 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8510 } 8511 } else { 8512 // This is a function template specialization. 8513 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8514 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8515 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8516 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8517 8518 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8519 if (isFriend) { 8520 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8521 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8522 8523 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8524 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8525 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8526 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8527 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8528 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8529 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 8530 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8531 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8532 } 8533 8534 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8535 << Name << RemoveRange 8536 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8537 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8538 } 8539 } 8540 } else { 8541 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8542 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8543 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8544 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8545 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8546 } 8547 8548 if (Invalid) { 8549 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8550 if (FunctionTemplate) 8551 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8552 } 8553 8554 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8555 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8556 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8557 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8558 // 8559 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8560 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8561 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8562 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8563 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8564 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8565 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8566 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8567 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8568 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8569 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8570 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8571 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8572 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8573 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8574 } else { 8575 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8576 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8577 } 8578 8579 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8580 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8581 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8582 } 8583 8584 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8585 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8586 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8587 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8588 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8589 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8590 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8591 // thing to do. 8592 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8593 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8594 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8595 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8596 QualType Result = 8597 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8598 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8599 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8600 } 8601 8602 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8603 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8604 // declaration. 8605 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8606 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8607 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8608 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8609 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8610 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8611 } 8612 } 8613 8614 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8615 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8616 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8617 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8618 if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8619 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8620 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8621 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8622 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8623 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8624 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 8625 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8626 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8627 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8628 // or conversion function. 8629 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8630 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8631 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 8632 } 8633 } 8634 8635 if (ConstexprKind != CSK_unspecified) { 8636 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8637 // are implicitly inline. 8638 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8639 8640 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8641 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8642 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8643 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8644 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor) 8645 << (ConstexprKind == CSK_consteval); 8646 } 8647 8648 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8649 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8650 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8651 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8652 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8653 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8654 << 0 8655 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8656 } else { 8657 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8658 if (FunctionTemplate) 8659 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8660 } 8661 } 8662 8663 if (isFriend) { 8664 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8665 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8666 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8667 } 8668 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8669 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8670 } 8671 8672 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8673 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8674 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8675 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8676 case FDK_Declaration: 8677 case FDK_Definition: 8678 break; 8679 8680 case FDK_Defaulted: 8681 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8682 break; 8683 8684 case FDK_Deleted: 8685 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8686 break; 8687 } 8688 8689 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8690 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8691 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8692 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8693 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8694 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8695 } 8696 8697 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8698 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8699 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8700 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8701 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8702 // the class. 8703 8704 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8705 // member function definition. 8706 8707 // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line 8708 // member function template declaration and class member template 8709 // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this. 8710 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8711 ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) && 8712 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) || 8713 (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())) 8714 ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8715 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8716 } 8717 8718 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8719 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8720 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8721 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8722 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8723 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8724 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8725 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8726 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8727 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8728 } 8729 8730 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8731 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8732 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8733 isMemberSpecialization || 8734 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8735 8736 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8737 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8738 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8739 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8740 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8741 SE->getString(), 0)); 8742 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8743 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8744 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8745 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8746 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8747 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8748 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8749 } else 8750 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8751 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8752 } 8753 } 8754 8755 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8756 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8757 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8758 unsigned FTIIdx; 8759 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8760 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8761 8762 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8763 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8764 // single void argument. 8765 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8766 // already checks for that case. 8767 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8768 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8769 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8770 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8771 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8772 Params.push_back(Param); 8773 8774 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8775 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8776 } 8777 } 8778 8779 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8780 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8781 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8782 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8783 // the TU. 8784 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8785 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8786 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8787 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8788 8789 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8790 // instead. 8791 if (!TD) { 8792 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8793 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8794 } 8795 if (!TD) 8796 continue; 8797 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8798 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8799 continue; 8800 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8801 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8802 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8803 8804 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8805 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8806 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8807 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8808 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8809 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8810 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8811 } 8812 } 8813 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8814 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8815 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8816 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8817 // 8818 // @code 8819 // typedef void fn(int); 8820 // fn f; 8821 // @endcode 8822 8823 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8824 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8825 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8826 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8827 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8828 Params.push_back(Param); 8829 } 8830 } else { 8831 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8832 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8833 } 8834 8835 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8836 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8837 8838 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8839 NewFD->addAttr( 8840 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8841 Context, 0)); 8842 8843 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8844 // because all functions have linkage. 8845 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8846 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8847 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8848 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8849 } 8850 8851 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 8852 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8853 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8854 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 8855 PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 8856 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation)); 8857 } 8858 8859 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8860 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8861 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8862 NewFD->addAttr( 8863 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8864 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8865 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8866 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8867 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8868 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8869 NewFD)) 8870 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8871 } 8872 8873 // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or 8874 // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active. 8875 if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 8876 if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD, 8877 D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8878 NewFD->addAttr(SAttr); 8879 } 8880 } 8881 8882 // Handle attributes. 8883 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8884 8885 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8886 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8887 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8888 LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8889 if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) { 8890 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8891 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8892 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8893 } 8894 } 8895 8896 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8897 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8898 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8899 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8900 8901 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8902 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8903 8904 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8905 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8906 isMemberSpecialization)); 8907 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8908 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8909 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8910 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8911 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8912 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8913 8914 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8915 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8916 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8917 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8918 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8919 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8920 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8921 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8922 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8923 int DiagID = 8924 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8925 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8926 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8927 } 8928 } 8929 } else { 8930 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8931 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8932 // 8933 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8934 // 8935 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8936 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8937 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8938 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8939 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8940 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8941 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8942 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8943 8944 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8945 // argument list into our AST format. 8946 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 8947 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8948 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8949 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8950 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8951 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8952 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8953 TemplateArgs); 8954 8955 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8956 8957 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8958 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8959 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8960 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8961 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8962 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8963 8964 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8965 } else { 8966 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8967 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8968 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8969 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8970 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8971 } 8972 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8973 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8974 // wrote something like: 8975 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8976 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8977 // friend void foo<>(int); 8978 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8979 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8980 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8981 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8982 } 8983 8984 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8985 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8986 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8987 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8988 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8989 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8990 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8991 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8992 8993 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8994 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8995 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8996 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8997 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8998 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8999 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 9000 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 9001 TemplateArgs, 9002 InstantiationDependent))) { 9003 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 9004 "friend function specialization without template args"); 9005 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 9006 Previous)) 9007 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9008 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9009 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 9010 && !isFriend) { 9011 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 9012 } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9013 CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 9014 NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr), 9015 Previous)) 9016 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9017 9018 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 9019 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 9020 // specialization (14.7.3) 9021 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 9022 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 9023 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 9024 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 9025 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9026 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 9027 << SC 9028 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9029 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9030 9031 else 9032 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9033 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 9034 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9035 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9036 } 9037 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9038 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 9039 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9040 } 9041 9042 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 9043 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9044 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 9045 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 9046 9047 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 9048 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 9049 9050 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9051 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 9052 isMemberSpecialization)); 9053 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9054 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9055 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9056 } 9057 9058 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9059 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9060 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9061 9062 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 9063 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 9064 : NewFD); 9065 9066 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 9067 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 9068 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9069 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 9070 9071 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 9072 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 9073 } 9074 9075 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 9076 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 9077 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 9078 9079 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 9080 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 9081 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9082 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 9083 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 9084 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 9085 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 9086 : nullptr, 9087 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 9088 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 9089 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 9090 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 9091 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 9092 DC && DC->isRecord() && 9093 DC->isDependentContext()) 9094 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 9095 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 9096 } 9097 9098 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9099 // Ignore all the rest of this. 9100 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 9101 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 9102 AddToScope }; 9103 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 9104 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 9105 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 9106 9107 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 9108 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9109 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 9110 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 9111 9112 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 9113 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 9114 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 9115 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 9116 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 9117 // can actually do this check immediately. 9118 // 9119 // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified 9120 // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now; 9121 // nothing will diagnose that error later. 9122 if (isFriend && 9123 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 9124 (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) { 9125 // ignore these 9126 } else { 9127 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 9128 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 9129 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 9130 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 9131 // 9132 // class X { 9133 // void f() const; 9134 // }; 9135 // 9136 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 9137 // 9138 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 9139 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 9140 // whether the parameter types are references). 9141 9142 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9143 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 9144 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9145 return Result; 9146 } 9147 } 9148 9149 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 9150 // to something. 9151 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9152 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9153 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9154 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9155 return Result; 9156 } 9157 } 9158 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9159 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9160 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9161 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9162 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9163 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9164 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9165 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9166 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9167 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9168 // generate them. 9169 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9170 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9171 } 9172 } 9173 9174 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9175 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9176 9177 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 9178 9179 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 9180 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9181 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9182 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 9183 << NewFD; 9184 9185 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 9186 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9187 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 9188 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 9189 EPI.Variadic = true; 9190 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 9191 9192 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 9193 NewFD->setType(R); 9194 } 9195 9196 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9197 // member, set the visibility of this function. 9198 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 9199 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 9200 9201 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 9202 // marking the function. 9203 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9204 9205 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9206 // a pragma. 9207 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9208 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9209 9210 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9211 // the map of such variables. 9212 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9213 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9214 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9215 9216 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9217 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9218 9219 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9220 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9221 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD, 9222 isMemberSpecialization || 9223 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9224 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9225 } 9226 9227 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9228 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9229 if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) && 9230 !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9231 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9232 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9233 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return) 9234 << getCudaConfigureFuncName(); 9235 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9236 } 9237 9238 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9239 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9240 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9241 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9242 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9243 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9244 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9245 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9246 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9247 } 9248 } 9249 9250 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9251 9252 9253 9254 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9255 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9256 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 9257 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 9258 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9259 D.setInvalidType(); 9260 } 9261 9262 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9263 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9264 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9265 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9266 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9267 : FixItHint()); 9268 D.setInvalidType(); 9269 } 9270 9271 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9272 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9273 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9274 9275 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { 9276 if (DC->isRecord()) { 9277 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel); 9278 D.setInvalidType(); 9279 } 9280 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9281 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel); 9282 D.setInvalidType(); 9283 } 9284 } 9285 } 9286 9287 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9288 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9289 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9290 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9291 return FunctionTemplate; 9292 } 9293 9294 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9295 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 9296 } 9297 9298 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 9299 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 9300 9301 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 9302 // types. 9303 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { 9304 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 9305 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 9306 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 9307 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 9308 D.setInvalidType(); 9309 } 9310 } 9311 } 9312 } 9313 9314 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 9315 // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 9316 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 9317 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9318 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 9319 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 9320 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(), 9321 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 9322 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 9323 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 9324 AddToScope = false; 9325 } 9326 9327 // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions 9328 // that are run during load/unload. 9329 if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) { 9330 if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) { 9331 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9332 << 1; 9333 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9334 } 9335 if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) { 9336 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9337 << 2; 9338 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9339 } 9340 } 9341 9342 return NewFD; 9343 } 9344 9345 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class. The Microsoft docs say 9346 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of 9347 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special 9348 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment." 9349 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler 9350 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg. 9351 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer 9352 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See: 9353 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer 9354 /// available since MS has removed the page. 9355 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9356 const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 9357 if (!Method) 9358 return nullptr; 9359 const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent(); 9360 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9361 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9362 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9363 return NewAttr; 9364 } 9365 9366 // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg 9367 // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active. 9368 if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 9369 return nullptr; 9370 9371 while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) { 9372 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9373 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9374 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9375 return NewAttr; 9376 } 9377 } 9378 return nullptr; 9379 } 9380 9381 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a 9382 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the 9383 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack 9384 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value). 9385 /// 9386 /// \param FD Function being declared. 9387 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion. 9388 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or 9389 /// nullptr if no attribute should be added. 9390 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9391 bool IsDefinition) { 9392 if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD)) 9393 return A; 9394 if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition && 9395 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) { 9396 return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), 9397 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9398 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9399 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation); 9400 } 9401 return nullptr; 9402 } 9403 9404 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a 9405 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a 9406 /// best-effort check. 9407 /// 9408 /// \param NewD The new declaration. 9409 /// \param OldD The old declaration. 9410 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check. 9411 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check. 9412 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, 9413 QualType NewT, QualType OldT) { 9414 if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9415 return true; 9416 9417 // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't 9418 // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation: 9419 // 9420 // int f(); 9421 // template<typename T> void g() { T f(); } 9422 // 9423 // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int). 9424 if (NewT->isDependentType() && 9425 (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind())) 9426 return false; 9427 9428 // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern 9429 // declaration, we don't really know its type yet. 9430 if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl()) 9431 return false; 9432 9433 return true; 9434 } 9435 9436 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 9437 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 9438 /// 9439 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 9440 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 9441 /// same declaration name. 9442 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 9443 /// belongs to. 9444 /// 9445 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 9446 if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9447 return true; 9448 9449 // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to 9450 // permit cases like 9451 // 9452 // void func(); 9453 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} }; 9454 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} }; 9455 // 9456 // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated. 9457 // 9458 // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy 9459 // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply 9460 // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in 9461 // the way of access checks. 9462 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 9463 return false; 9464 9465 auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); 9466 auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl); 9467 return !VD || !PrevVD || 9468 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(), 9469 PrevVD->getType()); 9470 } 9471 9472 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion 9473 /// validity. 9474 /// 9475 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9476 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9477 const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9478 assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute"); 9479 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse(); 9480 const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); 9481 enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 }; 9482 9483 if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() && 9484 !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) { 9485 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9486 << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture; 9487 return true; 9488 } 9489 9490 for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) { 9491 auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1); 9492 if (Feat[0] == '-') { 9493 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9494 << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str(); 9495 return true; 9496 } 9497 9498 if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) || 9499 !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) { 9500 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9501 << Feature << BareFeat; 9502 return true; 9503 } 9504 } 9505 return false; 9506 } 9507 9508 static bool HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9509 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 9510 for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) { 9511 switch (A->getKind()) { 9512 case attr::CPUDispatch: 9513 case attr::CPUSpecific: 9514 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 9515 MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) 9516 return true; 9517 break; 9518 case attr::Target: 9519 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) 9520 return true; 9521 break; 9522 default: 9523 return true; 9524 } 9525 } 9526 return false; 9527 } 9528 9529 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD, 9530 const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9531 bool CausesMV, 9532 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 9533 enum DoesntSupport { 9534 FuncTemplates = 0, 9535 VirtFuncs = 1, 9536 DeducedReturn = 2, 9537 Constructors = 3, 9538 Destructors = 4, 9539 DeletedFuncs = 5, 9540 DefaultedFuncs = 6, 9541 ConstexprFuncs = 7, 9542 ConstevalFuncs = 8, 9543 }; 9544 enum Different { 9545 CallingConv = 0, 9546 ReturnType = 1, 9547 ConstexprSpec = 2, 9548 InlineSpec = 3, 9549 StorageClass = 4, 9550 Linkage = 5 9551 }; 9552 9553 bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType = 9554 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 9555 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific; 9556 9557 if (OldFD && !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9558 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); 9559 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9560 return true; 9561 } 9562 9563 if (!NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9564 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); 9565 9566 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 9567 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 9568 if (OldFD) 9569 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9570 return true; 9571 } 9572 9573 // For now, disallow all other attributes. These should be opt-in, but 9574 // an analysis of all of them is a future FIXME. 9575 if (CausesMV && OldFD && HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(OldFD, MVType)) { 9576 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) 9577 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; 9578 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9579 return true; 9580 } 9581 9582 if (HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(NewFD, MVType)) 9583 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) 9584 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; 9585 9586 if (NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 9587 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9588 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << FuncTemplates; 9589 9590 if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9591 if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual()) 9592 return S.Diag(NewCXXFD->getLocation(), 9593 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9594 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << VirtFuncs; 9595 9596 if (const auto *NewCXXCtor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) 9597 return S.Diag(NewCXXCtor->getLocation(), 9598 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9599 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << Constructors; 9600 9601 if (const auto *NewCXXDtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 9602 return S.Diag(NewCXXDtor->getLocation(), 9603 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9604 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << Destructors; 9605 } 9606 9607 if (NewFD->isDeleted()) 9608 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9609 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DeletedFuncs; 9610 9611 if (NewFD->isDefaulted()) 9612 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9613 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DefaultedFuncs; 9614 9615 if (NewFD->isConstexpr() && (MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 9616 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific)) 9617 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9618 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType 9619 << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs); 9620 9621 QualType NewQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 9622 const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 9623 QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType(); 9624 9625 if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType()) 9626 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9627 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DeducedReturn; 9628 9629 // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used. 9630 if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false)) 9631 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used); 9632 9633 // Ensure the return type is identical. 9634 if (OldFD) { 9635 QualType OldQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType()); 9636 const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 9637 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 9638 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 9639 9640 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 9641 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9642 << CallingConv; 9643 9644 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 9645 9646 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) 9647 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9648 << ReturnType; 9649 9650 if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind()) 9651 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9652 << ConstexprSpec; 9653 9654 if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified()) 9655 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9656 << InlineSpec; 9657 9658 if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 9659 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9660 << StorageClass; 9661 9662 if (OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC()) 9663 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9664 << Linkage; 9665 9666 if (S.CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 9667 OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(), 9668 NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation())) 9669 return true; 9670 } 9671 return false; 9672 } 9673 9674 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the 9675 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 9676 /// 9677 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9678 /// 9679 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9680 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, 9681 MultiVersionKind MVType, 9682 const TargetAttr *TA) { 9683 assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None && 9684 "Function lacks multiversion attribute"); 9685 9686 // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal 9687 // function. 9688 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) 9689 return false; 9690 9691 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) { 9692 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9693 return true; 9694 } 9695 9696 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) { 9697 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9698 return true; 9699 } 9700 9701 FD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9702 return false; 9703 } 9704 9705 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9706 for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) { 9707 if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None) 9708 return true; 9709 } 9710 9711 return false; 9712 } 9713 9714 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning( 9715 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 9716 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 9717 LookupResult &Previous) { 9718 const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9719 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 9720 // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent. 9721 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 9722 9723 // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that 9724 // to change, this is a simple redeclaration. 9725 if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() && 9726 (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr())) 9727 return false; 9728 9729 // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning. 9730 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 9731 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 9732 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9733 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9734 return true; 9735 } 9736 9737 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true, 9738 MultiVersionKind::Target)) { 9739 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9740 return true; 9741 } 9742 9743 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 9744 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9745 return true; 9746 } 9747 9748 // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration. 9749 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) { 9750 Redeclaration = true; 9751 OldDecl = OldFD; 9752 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9753 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9754 return false; 9755 } 9756 9757 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) { 9758 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9759 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9760 return true; 9761 } 9762 9763 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = 9764 OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 9765 9766 if (OldParsed == NewParsed) { 9767 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 9768 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9769 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9770 return true; 9771 } 9772 9773 for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) { 9774 const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9775 // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but 9776 // nothing after the fact. 9777 if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) && 9778 (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) { 9779 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 9780 << 0; 9781 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9782 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9783 return true; 9784 } 9785 } 9786 9787 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9788 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9789 Redeclaration = false; 9790 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9791 OldDecl = nullptr; 9792 Previous.clear(); 9793 return false; 9794 } 9795 9796 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing 9797 /// multiversioned declaration collection. 9798 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 9799 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9800 MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 9801 const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec, 9802 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 9803 LookupResult &Previous) { 9804 9805 MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 9806 // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types. 9807 if ((OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 9808 NewMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) || 9809 (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 9810 OldMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)) { 9811 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 9812 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9813 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9814 return true; 9815 } 9816 9817 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed; 9818 if (NewTA) { 9819 NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 9820 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 9821 } 9822 9823 bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = 9824 S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind(); 9825 9826 // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a 9827 // previous member of the MultiVersion set. 9828 for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) { 9829 FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction(); 9830 if (!CurFD) 9831 continue; 9832 if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) 9833 continue; 9834 9835 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) { 9836 const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9837 if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) { 9838 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9839 Redeclaration = true; 9840 OldDecl = ND; 9841 return false; 9842 } 9843 9844 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = 9845 CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 9846 if (CurParsed == NewParsed) { 9847 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 9848 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9849 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9850 return true; 9851 } 9852 } else { 9853 const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 9854 const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 9855 // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions. 9856 // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through 9857 // the redeclaration errors. 9858 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 9859 CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) { 9860 if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() && 9861 std::equal( 9862 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(), 9863 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), 9864 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 9865 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 9866 })) { 9867 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9868 Redeclaration = true; 9869 OldDecl = ND; 9870 return false; 9871 } 9872 9873 // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition. 9874 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch); 9875 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9876 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9877 return true; 9878 } 9879 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) { 9880 9881 if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() && 9882 std::equal( 9883 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(), 9884 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), 9885 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 9886 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 9887 })) { 9888 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9889 Redeclaration = true; 9890 OldDecl = ND; 9891 return false; 9892 } 9893 9894 // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU. 9895 for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) { 9896 for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) { 9897 if (CurII == NewII) { 9898 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs) 9899 << NewII; 9900 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9901 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9902 return true; 9903 } 9904 } 9905 } 9906 } 9907 // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error 9908 // condition. 9909 } 9910 } 9911 9912 // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case. Checking the 'value' is only 9913 // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are 9914 // handled in the attribute adding step. 9915 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 9916 CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 9917 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9918 return true; 9919 } 9920 9921 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, 9922 !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) { 9923 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9924 return true; 9925 } 9926 9927 // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible. 9928 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) { 9929 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9930 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9931 Redeclaration = true; 9932 OldDecl = OldFD; 9933 return false; 9934 } 9935 9936 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9937 Redeclaration = false; 9938 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9939 OldDecl = nullptr; 9940 Previous.clear(); 9941 return false; 9942 } 9943 9944 9945 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration. 9946 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 9947 /// 9948 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9949 /// 9950 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9951 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9952 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 9953 bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 9954 LookupResult &Previous) { 9955 const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9956 const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 9957 const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 9958 9959 // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited. 9960 if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) || 9961 (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) { 9962 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 9963 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9964 return true; 9965 } 9966 9967 MultiVersionKind MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 9968 9969 // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS 9970 // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint. 9971 if (NewFD->isMain()) { 9972 if ((MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) || 9973 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 9974 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) { 9975 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main); 9976 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9977 return true; 9978 } 9979 return false; 9980 } 9981 9982 if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() || 9983 OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != 9984 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) { 9985 // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause 9986 // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition. 9987 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 9988 return false; 9989 return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA); 9990 } 9991 9992 FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction(); 9993 9994 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 9995 return false; 9996 9997 if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) { 9998 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 9999 << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target); 10000 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10001 return true; 10002 } 10003 10004 // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case. 10005 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) 10006 return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA, 10007 Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10008 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10009 10010 // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an 10011 // appropriate attribute in the current function decl. Resolve that these are 10012 // still compatible with previous declarations. 10013 return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 10014 S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration, 10015 OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10016 } 10017 10018 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 10019 /// 10020 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 10021 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 10022 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 10023 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 10024 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 10025 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 10026 /// via InstantiateDecl). 10027 /// 10028 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 10029 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 10030 /// previous declaration). 10031 /// 10032 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10033 /// 10034 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 10035 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10036 LookupResult &Previous, 10037 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 10038 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 10039 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 10040 10041 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 10042 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 10043 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 10044 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10045 !Previous.isShadowed(); 10046 10047 bool Redeclaration = false; 10048 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 10049 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 10050 10051 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 10052 // the same name, if appropriate. 10053 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10054 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 10055 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 10056 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 10057 // function to the scope. 10058 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 10059 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10060 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 10061 Redeclaration = true; 10062 OldDecl = Candidate; 10063 } 10064 } else { 10065 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 10066 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 10067 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 10068 case Ovl_Match: 10069 Redeclaration = true; 10070 break; 10071 10072 case Ovl_NonFunction: 10073 Redeclaration = true; 10074 break; 10075 10076 case Ovl_Overload: 10077 Redeclaration = false; 10078 break; 10079 } 10080 } 10081 } 10082 10083 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 10084 if (!Redeclaration && 10085 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 10086 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10087 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 10088 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 10089 Redeclaration = true; 10090 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 10091 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10092 10093 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 10094 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 10095 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10096 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 10097 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 10098 Redeclaration = false; 10099 OldDecl = nullptr; 10100 } 10101 } 10102 } 10103 } 10104 10105 if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10106 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous)) 10107 return Redeclaration; 10108 10109 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 10110 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 10111 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 10112 // 10113 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 10114 // definition of a static member function. 10115 // 10116 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 10117 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 10118 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 10119 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 10120 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 10121 !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) { 10122 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 10123 if (OldDecl) 10124 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 10125 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 10126 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 10127 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10128 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 10129 EPI.TypeQuals.addConst(); 10130 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 10131 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 10132 10133 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 10134 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 10135 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 10136 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 10137 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 10138 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 10139 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 10140 10141 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 10142 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 10143 } 10144 } 10145 } 10146 10147 if (Redeclaration) { 10148 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 10149 // merged. 10150 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 10151 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10152 return Redeclaration; 10153 } 10154 10155 Previous.clear(); 10156 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 10157 10158 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl = 10159 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 10160 auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10161 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 10162 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 10163 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 10164 10165 // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in 10166 // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we 10167 // can add it as a redeclaration. 10168 NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl); 10169 10170 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10171 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10172 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) { 10173 NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10174 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10175 } 10176 10177 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 10178 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 10179 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 10180 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 10181 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 10182 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 10183 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 10184 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 10185 if (OldFD->isDeleted()) { 10186 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 10187 assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD); 10188 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 10189 OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 10190 } 10191 } 10192 10193 } else { 10194 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 10195 auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 10196 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 10197 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10198 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10199 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) 10200 NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess()); 10201 } 10202 } 10203 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 10204 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10205 assert((Previous.empty() || 10206 llvm::any_of(Previous, 10207 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10208 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10209 })) && 10210 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 10211 10212 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10213 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 10214 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10215 }); 10216 10217 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 10218 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10219 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 10220 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 10221 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 10222 << false; 10223 10224 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 10225 } 10226 } 10227 10228 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 10229 10230 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10231 // C++-specific checks. 10232 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10233 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 10234 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 10235 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10236 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 10237 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 10238 10239 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 10240 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 10241 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 10242 DeclarationName Name 10243 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 10244 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 10245 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 10246 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 10247 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10248 return Redeclaration; 10249 } 10250 } 10251 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 10252 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 10253 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 10254 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 10255 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10256 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 10257 10258 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 10259 // explicitly specialized. 10260 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 10261 Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 10262 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 10263 } 10264 10265 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 10266 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 10267 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 10268 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 10269 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 10270 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 10271 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 10272 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10273 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 10274 } 10275 } 10276 } 10277 10278 if (Method->isStatic()) 10279 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 10280 } 10281 10282 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 10283 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 10284 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10285 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10286 return Redeclaration; 10287 } 10288 10289 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 10290 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 10291 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10292 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10293 return Redeclaration; 10294 } 10295 10296 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 10297 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 10298 // during delayed parsing anyway. 10299 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 10300 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 10301 10302 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 10303 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 10304 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 10305 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 10306 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 10307 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 10308 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 10309 // specification, that's OK. 10310 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 10311 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 10312 if (!T.isNull() && 10313 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 10314 NewFD->getType())) 10315 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 10316 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 10317 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 10318 } 10319 10320 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 10321 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 10322 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 10323 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 10324 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 10325 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 10326 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 10327 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 10328 << NewFD << R; 10329 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 10330 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10331 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 10332 } 10333 10334 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 10335 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 10336 // [is] part of the function type 10337 // 10338 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 10339 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 10340 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 10341 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 10342 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 10343 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 10344 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 10345 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 10346 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 10347 // restricted prior to C++17. 10348 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 10349 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 10350 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 10351 T = T->getPointeeType(); 10352 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 10353 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 10354 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10355 if (FPT->isNothrow()) 10356 return true; 10357 return false; 10358 }; 10359 10360 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10361 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 10362 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 10363 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 10364 if (AnyNoexcept) 10365 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10366 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 10367 << NewFD; 10368 } 10369 10370 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 10371 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 10372 } 10373 return Redeclaration; 10374 } 10375 10376 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 10377 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 10378 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 10379 // constexpr is ill-formed. 10380 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 10381 // appear in a declaration of main. 10382 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 10383 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 10384 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10385 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 10386 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 10387 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 10388 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 10389 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 10390 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 10391 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 10392 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 10393 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 10394 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 10395 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 10396 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 10397 } 10398 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 10399 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 10400 << FD->isConsteval() 10401 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 10402 FD->setConstexprKind(CSK_unspecified); 10403 } 10404 10405 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10406 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 10407 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 10408 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10409 return; 10410 } 10411 10412 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10413 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 10414 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10415 10416 // Set default calling convention for main() 10417 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { 10418 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); 10419 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 10420 T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType()); 10421 } 10422 10423 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10424 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 10425 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 10426 // implicit-return-zero rule. 10427 10428 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 10429 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 10430 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10431 else { 10432 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 10433 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 10434 if (RTRange.isValid()) 10435 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 10436 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 10437 } 10438 } else { 10439 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 10440 // set the flag which tells us that. 10441 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 10442 10443 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 10444 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 10445 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10446 else { 10447 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 10448 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 10449 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 10450 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 10451 : FixItHint()); 10452 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10453 } 10454 } 10455 10456 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 10457 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 10458 10459 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 10460 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 10461 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 10462 10463 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 10464 10465 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 10466 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 10467 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 10468 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 10469 } 10470 10471 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 10472 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 10473 // getting shifty. 10474 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 10475 HasExtraParameters = false; 10476 10477 if (HasExtraParameters) { 10478 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 10479 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10480 nparams = 3; 10481 } 10482 10483 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 10484 // if we had some location information about types. 10485 10486 QualType CharPP = 10487 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 10488 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 10489 10490 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 10491 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 10492 10493 bool mismatch = true; 10494 10495 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 10496 mismatch = false; 10497 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 10498 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 10499 // char const ** 10500 // char const * const * 10501 // char * const * 10502 10503 QualifierCollector qs; 10504 const PointerType* PT; 10505 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10506 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10507 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 10508 Context.CharTy)) { 10509 qs.removeConst(); 10510 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 10511 } 10512 } 10513 10514 if (mismatch) { 10515 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 10516 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 10517 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10518 } 10519 } 10520 10521 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10522 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 10523 } 10524 10525 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10526 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10527 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10528 } 10529 } 10530 10531 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10532 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10533 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 10534 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10535 10536 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 10537 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 10538 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 10539 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 10540 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 10541 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 10542 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 10543 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10544 10545 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10546 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10547 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10548 } 10549 } 10550 10551 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 10552 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 10553 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 10554 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 10555 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 10556 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 10557 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 10558 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 10559 // rules there don't matter.) 10560 const Expr *Culprit; 10561 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10562 return false; 10563 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 10564 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10565 return true; 10566 } 10567 10568 namespace { 10569 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 10570 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 10571 class SelfReferenceChecker 10572 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 10573 Sema &S; 10574 Decl *OrigDecl; 10575 bool isRecordType; 10576 bool isPODType; 10577 bool isReferenceType; 10578 10579 bool isInitList; 10580 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 10581 10582 public: 10583 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 10584 10585 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 10586 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 10587 isPODType = false; 10588 isRecordType = false; 10589 isReferenceType = false; 10590 isInitList = false; 10591 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 10592 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 10593 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 10594 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 10595 } 10596 } 10597 10598 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 10599 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 10600 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 10601 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 10602 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 10603 if (!InitList) { 10604 Visit(E); 10605 return; 10606 } 10607 10608 // Track and increment the index here. 10609 isInitList = true; 10610 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 10611 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 10612 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 10613 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 10614 } 10615 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 10616 } 10617 10618 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 10619 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 10620 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 10621 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 10622 Expr *Base = E; 10623 bool ReferenceField = false; 10624 10625 // Get the field members used. 10626 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10627 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 10628 if (!FD) 10629 return false; 10630 Fields.push_back(FD); 10631 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 10632 ReferenceField = true; 10633 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10634 } 10635 10636 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 10637 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 10638 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 10639 return false; 10640 10641 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 10642 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 10643 return true; 10644 10645 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 10646 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 10647 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 10648 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 10649 10650 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 10651 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 10652 // initialized, then the use is safe. 10653 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 10654 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 10655 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 10656 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 10657 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 10658 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 10659 return true; 10660 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 10661 break; 10662 } 10663 10664 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 10665 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10666 return true; 10667 } 10668 10669 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 10670 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 10671 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 10672 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 10673 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10674 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 10675 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10676 return; 10677 } 10678 10679 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 10680 Visit(CO->getCond()); 10681 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 10682 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 10683 return; 10684 } 10685 10686 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 10687 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 10688 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 10689 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 10690 return; 10691 } 10692 10693 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 10694 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 10695 return; 10696 } 10697 10698 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 10699 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 10700 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 10701 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 10702 return; 10703 } 10704 } 10705 10706 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 10707 if (isInitList) { 10708 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 10709 false /*CheckReference*/)) 10710 return; 10711 } 10712 10713 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10714 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10715 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 10716 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 10717 return; 10718 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10719 } 10720 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 10721 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10722 return; 10723 } 10724 10725 Visit(E); 10726 } 10727 10728 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 10729 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 10730 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 10731 if (isReferenceType) 10732 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 10733 } 10734 10735 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 10736 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 10737 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10738 return; 10739 } 10740 10741 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 10742 } 10743 10744 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 10745 if (isInitList) { 10746 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 10747 return; 10748 } 10749 10750 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 10751 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 10752 10753 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 10754 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 10755 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 10756 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 10757 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10758 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10759 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 10760 Warn = false; 10761 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10762 } 10763 10764 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 10765 if (Warn) 10766 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10767 return; 10768 } 10769 10770 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 10771 // Visit that expression. 10772 Visit(Base); 10773 } 10774 10775 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 10776 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 10777 10778 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 10779 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 10780 10781 Visit(Callee); 10782 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 10783 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 10784 } 10785 10786 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 10787 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 10788 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 10789 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 10790 if (!isPODType) 10791 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10792 return; 10793 } 10794 10795 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 10796 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10797 return; 10798 } 10799 10800 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 10801 } 10802 10803 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 10804 10805 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 10806 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 10807 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 10808 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 10809 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 10810 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 10811 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 10812 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 10813 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 10814 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 10815 return; 10816 } 10817 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 10818 } 10819 10820 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 10821 // Treat std::move as a use. 10822 if (E->isCallToStdMove()) { 10823 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 10824 return; 10825 } 10826 10827 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 10828 } 10829 10830 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 10831 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 10832 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 10833 Visit(E->getRHS()); 10834 return; 10835 } 10836 10837 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 10838 } 10839 10840 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 10841 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 10842 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 10843 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 10844 Visit(E->getCond()); 10845 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 10846 } 10847 10848 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 10849 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 10850 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 10851 unsigned diag; 10852 if (isReferenceType) { 10853 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 10854 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 10855 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 10856 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10857 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10858 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 10859 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 10860 } else { 10861 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 10862 return; 10863 } 10864 10865 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE, 10866 S.PDiag(diag) 10867 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 10868 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 10869 } 10870 }; 10871 10872 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 10873 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 10874 bool DirectInit) { 10875 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 10876 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 10877 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 10878 return; 10879 10880 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10881 10882 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 10883 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 10884 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 10885 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 10886 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 10887 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 10888 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 10889 return; 10890 10891 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 10892 } 10893 } // end anonymous namespace 10894 10895 namespace { 10896 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 10897 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 10898 struct VarDeclOrName { 10899 VarDecl *VDecl; 10900 DeclarationName Name; 10901 10902 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 10903 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 10904 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 10905 } 10906 }; 10907 } // end anonymous namespace 10908 10909 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 10910 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 10911 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 10912 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 10913 Expr *Init) { 10914 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 10915 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 10916 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 10917 10918 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 10919 10920 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 10921 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 10922 10923 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10924 if (!Init) { 10925 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 10926 10927 // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing 10928 // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern. 10929 if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) || 10930 VDecl->hasExternalStorage() || 10931 VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10932 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10933 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 10934 return QualType(); 10935 } 10936 } 10937 10938 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits; 10939 if (Init) 10940 DeduceInits = Init; 10941 10942 if (DirectInit) { 10943 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 10944 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 10945 } 10946 10947 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 10948 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 10949 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10950 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10951 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10952 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 10953 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 10954 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 10955 InitsCopy); 10956 } 10957 10958 if (DirectInit) { 10959 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10960 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 10961 } 10962 10963 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 10964 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 10965 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 10966 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 10967 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 10968 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 10969 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 10970 << VN << Type << Range; 10971 return QualType(); 10972 } 10973 10974 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 10975 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(), 10976 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 10977 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 10978 << VN << Type << Range; 10979 return QualType(); 10980 } 10981 10982 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 10983 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 10984 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 10985 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 10986 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 10987 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 10988 return QualType(); 10989 } 10990 10991 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 10992 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 10993 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 10994 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 10995 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10996 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10997 return QualType(); 10998 } 10999 Init = Result.get(); 11000 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 11001 } 11002 11003 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 11004 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 11005 // is present, e has type cv A 11006 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 11007 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 11008 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 11009 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 11010 Type.getQualifiers()); 11011 11012 QualType DeducedType; 11013 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 11014 if (!IsInitCapture) 11015 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 11016 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 11017 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 11018 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 11019 << VN 11020 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11021 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11022 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11023 else 11024 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 11025 << VN << TSI->getType() 11026 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11027 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11028 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11029 } 11030 11031 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 11032 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 11033 // checks. 11034 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 11035 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 11036 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 11037 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 11038 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11039 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 11040 } 11041 11042 return DeducedType; 11043 } 11044 11045 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 11046 Expr *Init) { 11047 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 11048 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 11049 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 11050 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 11051 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11052 return true; 11053 } 11054 11055 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 11056 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 11057 11058 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 11059 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 11060 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11061 11062 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 11063 // the previously declared type. 11064 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 11065 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 11066 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 11067 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 11068 } 11069 11070 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 11071 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 11072 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 11073 } 11074 11075 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 11076 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 11077 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 11078 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 11079 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 11080 // the initializer. 11081 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11082 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 11083 return; 11084 } 11085 11086 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11087 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 11088 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 11089 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 11090 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 11091 return; 11092 } 11093 11094 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 11095 if (!VDecl) { 11096 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 11097 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 11098 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11099 return; 11100 } 11101 11102 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 11103 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11104 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 11105 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 11106 // TypoExpr. 11107 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 11108 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 11109 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11110 return; 11111 } 11112 Init = Res.get(); 11113 11114 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 11115 return; 11116 } 11117 11118 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 11119 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 11120 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 11121 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11122 return; 11123 } 11124 11125 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 11126 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 11127 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 11128 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11129 return; 11130 } 11131 11132 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 11133 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 11134 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 11135 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 11136 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 11137 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 11138 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 11139 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 11140 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11141 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11142 return; 11143 } 11144 11145 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 11146 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 11147 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11148 AbstractVariableType)) 11149 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11150 } 11151 11152 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 11153 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 11154 // handle the situation. 11155 VarDecl *Def; 11156 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 11157 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 11158 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 11159 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 11160 return; 11161 11162 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11163 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 11164 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 11165 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 11166 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 11167 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 11168 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 11169 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 11170 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 11171 // 11172 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 11173 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 11174 // declaration with an initializer. 11175 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 11176 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 11177 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 11178 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 11179 diag::note_previous_initializer) 11180 << 0; 11181 return; 11182 } 11183 11184 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 11185 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11186 11187 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 11188 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11189 return; 11190 } 11191 } 11192 11193 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 11194 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 11195 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 11196 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 11197 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11198 return; 11199 } 11200 11201 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 11202 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 11203 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 11204 11205 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 11206 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 11207 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 11208 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 11209 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 11210 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11211 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11212 return; 11213 } 11214 Init = Result.get(); 11215 } 11216 11217 // Perform the initialization. 11218 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 11219 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11220 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 11221 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 11222 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 11223 11224 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 11225 if (CXXDirectInit) 11226 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 11227 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 11228 11229 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 11230 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 11231 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 11232 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 11233 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 11234 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 11235 }); 11236 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 11237 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11238 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 11239 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 11240 } 11241 } 11242 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11243 return; 11244 11245 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 11246 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 11247 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 11248 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 11249 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11250 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11251 return; 11252 } 11253 11254 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 11255 } 11256 11257 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 11258 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 11259 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 11260 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 11261 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 11262 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 11263 } 11264 11265 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 11266 // completed by the initializer. For example: 11267 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 11268 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 11269 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 11270 VDecl->setType(DclT); 11271 11272 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11273 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 11274 11275 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 11276 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 11277 11278 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 11279 // Although this code can still have problems: 11280 // id x = self.weakProp; 11281 // id y = self.weakProp; 11282 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 11283 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 11284 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 11285 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction()) 11286 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 11287 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 11288 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 11289 Init->getBeginLoc())) 11290 FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 11291 } 11292 11293 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 11294 // 11295 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 11296 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 11297 // full-expression. For instance, in: 11298 // 11299 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 11300 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 11301 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 11302 // 11303 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 11304 ExprResult Result = 11305 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 11306 /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr()); 11307 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11308 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11309 return; 11310 } 11311 Init = Result.get(); 11312 11313 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 11314 VDecl->setInit(Init); 11315 11316 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 11317 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 11318 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11319 // do nothing 11320 11321 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 11322 // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL. 11323 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 11324 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11325 11326 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 11327 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11328 // do nothing 11329 11330 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 11331 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 11332 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 11333 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11334 11335 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 11336 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 11337 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 11338 // constant expressions. 11339 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 11340 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 11341 const Expr *Culprit; 11342 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 11343 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 11344 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 11345 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 11346 } 11347 } 11348 11349 if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 11350 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) 11351 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 11352 BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(); 11353 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 11354 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 11355 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 11356 // 11357 // struct S { 11358 // static const int value = 17; 11359 // }; 11360 11361 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 11362 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 11363 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 11364 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 11365 // 11366 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 11367 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 11368 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 11369 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 11370 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 11371 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 11372 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 11373 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 11374 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 11375 11376 // Do nothing on dependent types. 11377 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 11378 11379 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 11380 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 11381 // type. 11382 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 11383 11384 // Require constness. 11385 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 11386 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 11387 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11388 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11389 11390 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 11391 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11392 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 11393 SourceLocation Loc; 11394 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 11395 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 11396 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 11397 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 11398 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 11399 ; // Nothing to check. 11400 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 11401 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 11402 else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() && 11403 Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context)) 11404 ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression. 11405 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 11406 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 11407 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 11408 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11409 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11410 } else { 11411 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 11412 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 11413 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11414 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11415 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11416 } 11417 11418 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 11419 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 11420 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 11421 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 11422 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11423 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 11424 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 11425 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 11426 Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), 11427 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 11428 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 11429 } else { 11430 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 11431 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 11432 11433 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 11434 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11435 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11436 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11437 } 11438 } 11439 11440 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 11441 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 11442 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 11443 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 11444 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 11445 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 11446 11447 } else { 11448 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 11449 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 11450 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11451 } 11452 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 11453 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 11454 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 11455 // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 11456 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 11457 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 11458 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 11459 // C++ rules. 11460 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 11461 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 11462 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 11463 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 11464 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 11465 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 11466 11467 // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has 11468 // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with 11469 // __declspec(dllexport). 11470 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 11471 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() && 11472 VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition()) 11473 VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern); 11474 11475 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 11476 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11477 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11478 } 11479 11480 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 11481 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 11482 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 11483 // 11484 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 11485 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 11486 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 11487 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 11488 // special case code. 11489 11490 // C++ 8.5p11: 11491 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 11492 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 11493 // class type. 11494 if (CXXDirectInit) { 11495 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 11496 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 11497 } else if (DirectInit) { 11498 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 11499 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 11500 } 11501 11502 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 11503 } 11504 11505 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 11506 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 11507 /// of sanity. 11508 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 11509 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 11510 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 11511 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 11512 11513 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 11514 if (!VD) return; 11515 11516 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 11517 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 11518 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 11519 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 11520 11521 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 11522 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 11523 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11524 return; 11525 } 11526 11527 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 11528 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 11529 11530 // Require a complete type. 11531 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 11532 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 11533 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11534 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11535 return; 11536 } 11537 11538 // Require a non-abstract type. 11539 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 11540 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11541 AbstractVariableType)) { 11542 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11543 return; 11544 } 11545 11546 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 11547 // though. 11548 } 11549 11550 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 11551 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 11552 if (!RealDecl) 11553 return; 11554 11555 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11556 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 11557 11558 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 11559 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11560 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 11561 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11562 return; 11563 } 11564 11565 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 11566 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 11567 return; 11568 11569 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 11570 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 11571 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 11572 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 11573 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 11574 // member. 11575 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11576 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 11577 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 11578 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 11579 // a definition there. 11580 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) { 11581 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 11582 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 11583 << Var->getDeclName(); 11584 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11585 return; 11586 } 11587 } else { 11588 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 11589 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11590 return; 11591 } 11592 } 11593 11594 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 11595 // be initialized. 11596 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11597 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 11598 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 11599 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 11600 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11601 return; 11602 } 11603 11604 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11605 case VarDecl::Definition: 11606 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 11607 break; 11608 11609 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 11610 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 11611 // a declaration. 11612 // 11613 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 11614 11615 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 11616 // It's only a declaration. 11617 11618 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 11619 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 11620 // object shall be complete. 11621 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 11622 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11623 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11624 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 11625 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11626 11627 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 11628 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11629 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11630 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11631 AbstractVariableType)) 11632 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11633 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11634 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 11635 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 11636 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 11637 } 11638 11639 return; 11640 11641 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 11642 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 11643 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 11644 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 11645 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 11646 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 11647 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 11648 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 11649 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 11650 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 11651 ArrayT->getElementType(), 11652 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 11653 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11654 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 11655 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 11656 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 11657 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 11658 // NOTE: code such as the following 11659 // static struct s; 11660 // struct s { int a; }; 11661 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 11662 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 11663 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 11664 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 11665 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11666 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 11667 } 11668 } 11669 11670 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 11671 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 11672 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 11673 return; 11674 } 11675 11676 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 11677 // definitions with incomplete array type. 11678 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 11679 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 11680 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 11681 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11682 return; 11683 } 11684 11685 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 11686 // definitions with reference type. 11687 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 11688 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 11689 << Var->getDeclName() 11690 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 11691 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11692 return; 11693 } 11694 11695 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 11696 // variable with dependent type. 11697 if (Type->isDependentType()) 11698 return; 11699 11700 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 11701 return; 11702 11703 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 11704 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 11705 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 11706 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11707 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11708 return; 11709 } 11710 } else { 11711 return; 11712 } 11713 11714 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 11715 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11716 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11717 AbstractVariableType)) { 11718 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11719 return; 11720 } 11721 11722 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 11723 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 11724 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 11725 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 11726 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 11727 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 11728 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 11729 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 11730 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 11731 // types and is declared without an initializer. 11732 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 11733 if (const RecordType *Record 11734 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11735 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 11736 // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the 11737 // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can 11738 // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98. 11739 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 11740 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11741 } 11742 } 11743 // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space, 11744 // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer. 11745 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && 11746 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 11747 return; 11748 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 11749 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 11750 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 11751 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 11752 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 11753 // type shall have a user-declared default 11754 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 11755 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 11756 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 11757 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 11758 // program is ill-formed. 11759 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 11760 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 11761 // default-initialized; [...]. 11762 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 11763 InitializationKind Kind 11764 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 11765 11766 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 11767 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 11768 if (Init.isInvalid()) 11769 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11770 else if (Init.get()) { 11771 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 11772 // This is important for template substitution. 11773 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 11774 } 11775 11776 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 11777 } 11778 } 11779 11780 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 11781 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 11782 if (!D) 11783 return; 11784 11785 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 11786 if (!VD) { 11787 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 11788 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11789 return; 11790 } 11791 11792 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 11793 11794 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 11795 int Error = -1; 11796 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 11797 case SC_None: 11798 break; 11799 case SC_Extern: 11800 Error = 0; 11801 break; 11802 case SC_Static: 11803 Error = 1; 11804 break; 11805 case SC_PrivateExtern: 11806 Error = 2; 11807 break; 11808 case SC_Auto: 11809 Error = 3; 11810 break; 11811 case SC_Register: 11812 Error = 4; 11813 break; 11814 } 11815 if (Error != -1) { 11816 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 11817 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 11818 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11819 } 11820 } 11821 11822 StmtResult 11823 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 11824 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 11825 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 11826 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 11827 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 11828 // A range-based for statement of the form 11829 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 11830 // is equivalent to 11831 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 11832 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 11833 11834 const char *PrevSpec; 11835 unsigned DiagID; 11836 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 11837 getPrintingPolicy()); 11838 11839 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForContext); 11840 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 11841 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 11842 11843 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false), 11844 IdentLoc); 11845 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 11846 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 11847 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 11848 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 11849 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 11850 } 11851 11852 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 11853 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 11854 11855 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11856 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 11857 // initialiser 11858 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 11859 !var->hasInit()) { 11860 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 11861 << 1 /*Init*/; 11862 var->setInvalidDecl(); 11863 return; 11864 } 11865 } 11866 11867 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 11868 // local retaining variable. 11869 if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 11870 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 11871 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 11872 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 11873 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 11874 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 11875 break; 11876 11877 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 11878 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 11879 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11880 break; 11881 } 11882 } 11883 11884 if (var->hasLocalStorage() && 11885 var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) 11886 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11887 11888 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 11889 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 11890 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 11891 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 11892 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 11893 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11894 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 11895 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 11896 !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 11897 !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) && 11898 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 11899 var->getLocation())) { 11900 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 11901 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 11902 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 11903 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 11904 11905 if (!prev) { 11906 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 11907 Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 11908 << /* variable */ 0; 11909 } 11910 } 11911 11912 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 11913 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 11914 const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr; 11915 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 11916 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 11917 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11918 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 11919 return *CacheHasConstInit; 11920 }; 11921 11922 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 11923 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 11924 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 11925 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 11926 // have a non-trivial destructor. 11927 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 11928 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11929 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11930 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 11931 if (!checkConstInit()) { 11932 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 11933 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 11934 // initialization. 11935 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 11936 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 11937 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11938 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11939 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11940 } 11941 } 11942 } 11943 11944 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 11945 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 11946 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11947 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 11948 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 11949 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 11950 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 11951 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 11952 else if (!var->getInit()) { 11953 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 11954 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11955 } else { 11956 Stack = &DataSegStack; 11957 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11958 } 11959 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11960 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 11961 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 11962 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 11963 } 11964 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 11965 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 11966 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 11967 11968 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 11969 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 11970 // attribute. 11971 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 11972 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 11973 CurInitSegLoc)); 11974 } 11975 11976 // All the following checks are C++ only. 11977 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11978 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 11979 // current module. 11980 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11981 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11982 return; 11983 } 11984 11985 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 11986 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 11987 11988 QualType type = var->getType(); 11989 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 11990 11991 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 11992 getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var); 11993 11994 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 11995 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 11996 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 11997 11998 if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 11999 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 12000 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 12001 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 12002 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 12003 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 12004 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 12005 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 12006 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 12007 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 12008 Notes.clear(); 12009 } 12010 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 12011 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 12012 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 12013 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 12014 } 12015 } else if (var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 12016 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 12017 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 12018 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 12019 var->checkInitIsICE(); 12020 } 12021 12022 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 12023 // were just diagnosed. 12024 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 12025 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 12026 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 12027 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 12028 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 12029 if (DiagErr) { 12030 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 12031 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 12032 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12033 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 12034 << attr->getRange(); 12035 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 12036 APValue Value; 12037 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 12038 Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); 12039 for (auto &it : Notes) 12040 Diag(it.first, it.second); 12041 } else { 12042 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 12043 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) 12044 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 12045 } 12046 } 12047 } 12048 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 12049 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 12050 var->getLocation())) { 12051 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 12052 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 12053 // warned about them. 12054 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 12055 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 12056 if (!checkConstInit()) 12057 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 12058 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12059 } 12060 } 12061 } 12062 12063 // Require the destructor. 12064 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 12065 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 12066 12067 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 12068 // module. 12069 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 12070 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 12071 } 12072 12073 /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 12074 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 12075 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12076 return true; 12077 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 12078 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 12079 return true; 12080 return false; 12081 } 12082 12083 /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a 12084 /// dllexport/import function. 12085 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) { 12086 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 12087 12088 auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12089 12090 // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function. 12091 while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) && 12092 !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() && 12093 !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 12094 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12095 } 12096 12097 if (!FD) 12098 return; 12099 12100 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 12101 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 12102 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 12103 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12104 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12105 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 12106 auto *NewAttr = ::new (getASTContext()) DLLExportAttr(A->getRange(), 12107 getASTContext(), 12108 A->getSpellingListIndex()); 12109 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12110 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12111 12112 // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even 12113 // if it is not used in this compilation unit. 12114 if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) 12115 FD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12116 12117 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 12118 auto *NewAttr = ::new (getASTContext()) DLLImportAttr(A->getRange(), 12119 getASTContext(), 12120 A->getSpellingListIndex()); 12121 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12122 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12123 } 12124 } 12125 12126 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 12127 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 12128 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 12129 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 12130 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 12131 12132 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 12133 if (!VD) 12134 return; 12135 12136 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 12137 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12138 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 12139 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 12140 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12141 PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 12142 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation)); 12143 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 12144 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12145 PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 12146 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation)); 12147 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 12148 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12149 PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 12150 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation)); 12151 } 12152 12153 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 12154 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 12155 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 12156 } 12157 } 12158 12159 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 12160 12161 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 12162 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 12163 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 12164 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 12165 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 12166 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 12167 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 12168 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12169 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 12170 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 12171 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 12172 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 12173 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 12174 } 12175 } 12176 } 12177 12178 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 12179 CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD); 12180 12181 if (dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 12182 // CUDA 8.0 E.3.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 12183 // function, only __shared__ variables or variables without any device 12184 // memory qualifiers may be declared with static storage class. 12185 // Note: It is unclear how a function-scope non-const static variable 12186 // without device memory qualifier is implemented, therefore only static 12187 // const variable without device memory qualifier is allowed. 12188 [&]() { 12189 if (!getLangOpts().CUDA) 12190 return; 12191 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) 12192 return; 12193 if (VD->getType().isConstQualified() && 12194 !(VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 12195 return; 12196 if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 12197 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 12198 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 12199 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12200 }(); 12201 } 12202 } 12203 12204 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 12205 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 12206 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 12207 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 12208 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 12209 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 12210 checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD); 12211 12212 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 12213 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 12214 12215 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 12216 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 12217 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 12218 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12219 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 12220 // with a warning. 12221 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 12222 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 12223 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 12224 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 12225 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12226 12227 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 12228 IsClassTemplateMember 12229 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 12230 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 12231 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12232 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 12233 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12234 } 12235 } 12236 12237 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 12238 // isn't exported with the variable. 12239 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 12240 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12241 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 12242 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 12243 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 12244 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 12245 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 12246 } else { 12247 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 12248 << DLLAttr; 12249 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12250 } 12251 } 12252 12253 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 12254 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12255 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 12256 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 12257 } 12258 } 12259 12260 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 12261 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 12262 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 12263 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 12264 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 12265 12266 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 12267 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 12268 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 12269 12270 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 12271 // tag values. 12272 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 12273 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 12274 return; 12275 12276 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 12277 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 12278 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 12279 continue; 12280 } 12281 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 12282 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 12283 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 12284 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 12285 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 12286 continue; 12287 } 12288 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 12289 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 12290 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 12291 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 12292 continue; 12293 } 12294 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 12295 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 12296 MagicValue, 12297 I->getMatchingCType(), 12298 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 12299 I->getMustBeNull()); 12300 } 12301 } 12302 12303 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 12304 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 12305 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 12306 } 12307 12308 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 12309 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12310 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 12311 12312 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 12313 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 12314 12315 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 12316 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 12317 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 12318 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 12319 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 12320 12321 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12322 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 12323 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 12324 // to perform. 12325 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 12326 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 12327 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 12328 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 12329 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 12330 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 12331 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 12332 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 12333 12334 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 12335 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 12336 // declaration in the same group. 12337 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 12338 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 12339 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 12340 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 12341 << DD->getSourceRange(); 12342 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 12343 } 12344 12345 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 12346 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 12347 // declarator in the same group. 12348 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 12349 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 12350 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 12351 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 12352 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 12353 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 12354 << DD->getSourceRange(); 12355 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 12356 } 12357 } 12358 } 12359 12360 Decls.push_back(D); 12361 } 12362 } 12363 12364 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 12365 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 12366 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 12367 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 12368 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12369 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 12370 } 12371 } 12372 12373 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 12374 } 12375 12376 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 12377 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 12378 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 12379 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12380 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 12381 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 12382 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 12383 if (Group.size() > 1) { 12384 QualType Deduced; 12385 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 12386 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12387 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 12388 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 12389 break; 12390 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 12391 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 12392 continue; 12393 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 12394 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 12395 DeducedDecl = D; 12396 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 12397 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 12398 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 12399 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 12400 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 12401 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 12402 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 12403 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 12404 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 12405 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12406 break; 12407 } 12408 } 12409 } 12410 12411 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 12412 12413 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 12414 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 12415 } 12416 12417 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 12418 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 12419 } 12420 12421 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12422 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 12423 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 12424 return; 12425 12426 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 12427 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 12428 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 12429 Group[0]->getLocation())) 12430 return; 12431 12432 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 12433 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 12434 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 12435 // additional declaration references: 12436 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 12437 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 12438 // 'struct S *pS;' 12439 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 12440 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 12441 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 12442 Group = Group.slice(1); 12443 } 12444 } 12445 12446 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 12447 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 12448 if (!Comments.empty() && 12449 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 12450 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 12451 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 12452 // 12453 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 12454 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 12455 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 12456 // ahead through comments. 12457 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 12458 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 12459 } 12460 } 12461 12462 /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function 12463 /// parameters and non-type template parameters. 12464 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 12465 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 12466 // parameter. 12467 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12468 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12469 12470 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 12471 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 12472 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 12473 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 12474 } 12475 12476 // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a 12477 // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...]. 12478 switch (D.getName().getKind()) { 12479 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 12480 break; 12481 12482 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 12483 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: 12484 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 12485 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: 12486 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: 12487 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 12488 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: 12489 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 12490 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 12491 break; 12492 12493 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: 12494 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: 12495 // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case. 12496 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id); 12497 break; 12498 } 12499 } 12500 12501 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 12502 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 12503 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 12504 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 12505 12506 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 12507 12508 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 12509 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 12510 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 12511 SC = SC_Register; 12512 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 12513 // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension. 12514 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 12515 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12516 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 12517 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 12518 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 12519 } 12520 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12521 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 12522 SC = SC_Auto; 12523 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 12524 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12525 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 12526 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 12527 } 12528 12529 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12530 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 12531 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12532 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 12533 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 12534 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 12535 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) 12536 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 12537 << 0 << (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier() == CSK_consteval); 12538 12539 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 12540 12541 CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D); 12542 12543 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12544 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 12545 12546 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 12547 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12548 if (II) { 12549 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 12550 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 12551 LookupName(R, S); 12552 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 12553 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 12554 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12555 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12556 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12557 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12558 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12559 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12560 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 12561 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12562 12563 // Recover by removing the name 12564 II = nullptr; 12565 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 12566 D.setInvalidType(true); 12567 } 12568 } 12569 } 12570 12571 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 12572 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 12573 // looking like class members in C++. 12574 ParmVarDecl *New = 12575 CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(), 12576 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC); 12577 12578 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12579 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12580 12581 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 12582 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 12583 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 12584 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 12585 12586 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 12587 S->AddDecl(New); 12588 if (II) 12589 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 12590 12591 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 12592 12593 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12594 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12595 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 12596 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12597 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12598 12599 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 12600 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 12601 } 12602 return New; 12603 } 12604 12605 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 12606 /// typedef. 12607 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 12608 SourceLocation Loc, 12609 QualType T) { 12610 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 12611 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 12612 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 12613 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 12614 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 12615 SC_None, nullptr); 12616 Param->setImplicit(); 12617 return Param; 12618 } 12619 12620 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 12621 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 12622 // will already have done so in the template itself. 12623 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 12624 return; 12625 12626 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 12627 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 12628 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 12629 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 12630 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 12631 } 12632 } 12633 } 12634 12635 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 12636 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 12637 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 12638 return; 12639 12640 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 12641 // threshold. 12642 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 12643 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 12644 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 12645 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 12646 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 12647 } 12648 12649 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 12650 // threshold. 12651 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 12652 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 12653 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 12654 continue; 12655 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 12656 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 12657 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 12658 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 12659 } 12660 } 12661 12662 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 12663 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 12664 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 12665 StorageClass SC) { 12666 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 12667 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 12668 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 12669 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 12670 12671 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 12672 12673 // Special cases for arrays: 12674 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 12675 // - otherwise, it's an error 12676 if (T->isArrayType()) { 12677 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 12678 if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) 12679 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 12680 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 12681 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 12682 else 12683 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) 12684 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 12685 } 12686 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 12687 } else { 12688 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 12689 } 12690 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 12691 } 12692 12693 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 12694 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 12695 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 12696 12697 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 12698 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 12699 // the class has been completely parsed. 12700 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 12701 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12702 AbstractParamType)) 12703 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12704 12705 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 12706 // passed by reference. 12707 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 12708 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 12709 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc()); 12710 Diag(NameLoc, 12711 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 12712 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 12713 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 12714 New->setType(T); 12715 } 12716 12717 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 12718 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 12719 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 12720 // an address space. 12721 if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default && 12722 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 12723 // to be qualified with an address space. 12724 !(getLangOpts().OpenCL && 12725 (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) { 12726 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 12727 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12728 } 12729 12730 return New; 12731 } 12732 12733 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 12734 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 12735 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 12736 12737 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 12738 // for a K&R function. 12739 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 12740 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 12741 --i; 12742 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 12743 SmallString<256> Code; 12744 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 12745 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 12746 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 12747 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 12748 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 12749 12750 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 12751 // type. 12752 AttributeFactory attrs; 12753 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 12754 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 12755 unsigned DiagID; // unused 12756 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 12757 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12758 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 12759 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 12760 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 12761 Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext); 12762 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 12763 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 12764 } 12765 } 12766 } 12767 } 12768 12769 Decl * 12770 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 12771 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12772 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12773 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 12774 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 12775 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 12776 12777 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 12778 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 12779 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 12780 } 12781 12782 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 12783 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 12784 } 12785 12786 static bool 12787 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 12788 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) { 12789 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 12790 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12791 return false; 12792 12793 // Or declarations that aren't global. 12794 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 12795 return false; 12796 12797 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 12798 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 12799 return false; 12800 12801 // Don't warn about 'main'. 12802 if (FD->isMain()) 12803 return false; 12804 12805 // Don't warn about inline functions. 12806 if (FD->isInlined()) 12807 return false; 12808 12809 // Don't warn about function templates. 12810 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 12811 return false; 12812 12813 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 12814 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 12815 return false; 12816 12817 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 12818 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 12819 return false; 12820 12821 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 12822 if (FD->isDeleted()) 12823 return false; 12824 12825 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 12826 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 12827 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 12828 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 12829 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12830 continue; 12831 12832 PossiblePrototype = Prev; 12833 return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType(); 12834 } 12835 12836 return true; 12837 } 12838 12839 void 12840 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 12841 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 12842 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12843 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 12844 if (!Definition && !FD->isDefined(Definition) && !FD->isCXXClassMember()) { 12845 // If this is a friend function defined in a class template, it does not 12846 // have a body until it is used, nevertheless it is a definition, see 12847 // [temp.inst]p2: 12848 // 12849 // ... for the purpose of determining whether an instantiated redeclaration 12850 // is valid according to [basic.def.odr] and [class.mem], a declaration that 12851 // corresponds to a definition in the template is considered to be a 12852 // definition. 12853 // 12854 // The following code must produce redefinition error: 12855 // 12856 // template<typename T> struct C20 { friend void func_20() {} }; 12857 // C20<int> c20i; 12858 // void func_20() {} 12859 // 12860 for (auto I : FD->redecls()) { 12861 if (I != FD && !I->isInvalidDecl() && 12862 I->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 12863 if (FunctionDecl *Original = I->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 12864 if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 12865 // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of 12866 // the same class, is OK. 12867 if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, Original) && 12868 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(I->getLexicalDeclContext()), 12869 cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext()))) 12870 continue; 12871 } 12872 12873 if (Original->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12874 Definition = I; 12875 break; 12876 } 12877 } 12878 } 12879 } 12880 } 12881 12882 if (!Definition) 12883 // Similar to friend functions a friend function template may be a 12884 // definition and do not have a body if it is instantiated in a class 12885 // template. 12886 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 12887 for (auto I : FTD->redecls()) { 12888 auto D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(I); 12889 if (D != FTD) { 12890 assert(!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12891 "More than one definition in redeclaration chain"); 12892 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) 12893 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FT = 12894 D->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 12895 if (FT->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12896 Definition = D->getTemplatedDecl(); 12897 break; 12898 } 12899 } 12900 } 12901 } 12902 } 12903 12904 if (!Definition) 12905 return; 12906 12907 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 12908 return; 12909 12910 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected 12911 // definition. 12912 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 12913 return; 12914 12915 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 12916 // a template, skip the new definition. 12917 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 12918 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 12919 Definition->isInlined() || 12920 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 12921 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 12922 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12923 SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition); 12924 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 12925 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 12926 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 12927 return; 12928 } 12929 12930 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 12931 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 12932 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 12933 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12934 else 12935 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 12936 12937 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12938 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12939 } 12940 12941 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 12942 Sema &S) { 12943 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 12944 12945 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 12946 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 12947 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 12948 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 12949 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 12950 12951 if (LCD == LCD_None) 12952 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 12953 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 12954 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 12955 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 12956 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 12957 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 12958 12959 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 12960 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 12961 12962 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 12963 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 12964 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 12965 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 12966 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 12967 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 12968 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 12969 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 12970 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 12971 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 12972 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 12973 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 12974 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 12975 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 12976 CaptureType, /*Invalid*/false); 12977 12978 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 12979 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(), 12980 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 12981 } else { 12982 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(), 12983 I->getType()); 12984 } 12985 ++I; 12986 } 12987 } 12988 12989 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 12990 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12991 if (!D) { 12992 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope 12993 // anyway so we can try to parse the function body. 12994 PushFunctionScope(); 12995 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 12996 return D; 12997 } 12998 12999 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 13000 13001 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 13002 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 13003 else 13004 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 13005 13006 // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building 13007 // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(). 13008 if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) 13009 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 13010 13011 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 13012 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 13013 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 13014 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 13015 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13016 } 13017 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 13018 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 13019 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 13020 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13021 } 13022 13023 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then 13024 // these checks were already performed when it was set. 13025 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 13026 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 13027 13028 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 13029 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 13030 return D; 13031 } 13032 13033 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 13034 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 13035 // this function. 13036 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 13037 13038 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 13039 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 13040 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 13041 // LambdaScopeInfo. 13042 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 13043 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 13044 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 13045 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 13046 // have the LSI properly restored. 13047 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 13048 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 13049 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 13050 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 13051 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 13052 } else { 13053 // Enter a new function scope 13054 PushFunctionScope(); 13055 } 13056 13057 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 13058 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 13059 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 13060 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 13061 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 13062 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13063 } 13064 } 13065 13066 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 13067 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 13068 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 13069 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 13070 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 13071 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 13072 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 13073 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13074 13075 if (FnBodyScope) 13076 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 13077 13078 // Check the validity of our function parameters 13079 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 13080 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 13081 13082 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 13083 // scope. 13084 if (FnBodyScope) { 13085 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 13086 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 13087 if (!NonParmDecl) 13088 continue; 13089 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 13090 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 13091 13092 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 13093 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 13094 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 13095 13096 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 13097 // accessible in this scope. 13098 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 13099 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 13100 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 13101 } 13102 } 13103 } 13104 13105 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 13106 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 13107 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 13108 13109 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13110 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 13111 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 13112 13113 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 13114 } 13115 } 13116 13117 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 13118 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 13119 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 13120 13121 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 13122 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 13123 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 13124 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 13125 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 13126 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13127 return D; 13128 } 13129 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 13130 // a function template). 13131 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 13132 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13133 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 13134 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 13135 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 13136 13137 return D; 13138 } 13139 13140 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body, 13141 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 13142 /// optimization. 13143 /// 13144 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 13145 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 13146 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 13147 /// use the named return value optimization. 13148 /// 13149 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 13150 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 13151 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 13152 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 13153 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 13154 13155 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 13156 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 13157 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 13158 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 13159 } 13160 } 13161 } 13162 13163 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 13164 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 13165 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 13166 return false; 13167 13168 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 13169 // return type (yet). 13170 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 13171 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 13172 // we can still delay parsing it. 13173 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 13174 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 13175 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 13176 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 13177 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 13178 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 13179 } 13180 } 13181 return false; 13182 } 13183 13184 return true; 13185 } 13186 13187 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 13188 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 13189 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 13190 // rest of the file. 13191 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 13192 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 13193 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { 13194 if (FD->isConstexpr()) 13195 return false; 13196 // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template 13197 // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered 13198 // "undeduced". 13199 if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType()) 13200 return false; 13201 } 13202 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 13203 } 13204 13205 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 13206 if (!Decl) 13207 return nullptr; 13208 if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction()) 13209 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 13210 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 13211 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 13212 return Decl; 13213 } 13214 13215 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 13216 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 13217 } 13218 13219 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function 13220 /// body. 13221 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII { 13222 public: 13223 ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {} 13224 ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() { 13225 if (!IsLambda) 13226 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 13227 } 13228 13229 private: 13230 Sema &S; 13231 bool IsLambda = false; 13232 }; 13233 13234 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) { 13235 llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo; 13236 13237 auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) { 13238 if (EscapeInfo.count(BD)) 13239 return EscapeInfo[BD]; 13240 13241 bool R = false; 13242 const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD; 13243 13244 do { 13245 R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape(); 13246 if (R) 13247 break; 13248 CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl(); 13249 } while (CurBD); 13250 13251 return EscapeInfo[BD] = R; 13252 }; 13253 13254 // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping 13255 // block, emit a diagnostic. 13256 for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P : 13257 S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs) 13258 if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second)) 13259 S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self) 13260 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->"); 13261 } 13262 13263 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 13264 bool IsInstantiation) { 13265 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 13266 13267 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 13268 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 13269 13270 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) 13271 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 13272 13273 // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because one 13274 // is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). This is 13275 // meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(). 13276 ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD)); 13277 13278 if (FD) { 13279 FD->setBody(Body); 13280 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 13281 13282 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 13283 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 13284 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 13285 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 13286 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 13287 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 13288 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 13289 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 13290 << FD->getReturnType(); 13291 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13292 } else { 13293 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 13294 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 13295 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 13296 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 13297 } 13298 } 13299 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 13300 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 13301 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 13302 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 13303 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 13304 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 13305 13306 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 13307 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 13308 // [the deduced type is] the type void 13309 QualType RetType = 13310 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 13311 13312 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 13313 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 13314 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 13315 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 13316 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 13317 } 13318 } 13319 13320 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 13321 // don't complain about missing return statements. 13322 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 13323 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 13324 13325 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 13326 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 13327 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 13328 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 13329 13330 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13331 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 13332 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody()) 13333 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 13334 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 13335 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 13336 13337 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 13338 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 13339 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 13340 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 13341 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 13342 13343 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 13344 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 13345 // to deduce an implicit return type. 13346 if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 13347 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext())) 13348 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 13349 } 13350 13351 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 13352 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 13353 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 13354 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 13355 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 13356 const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr; 13357 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) { 13358 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 13359 13360 if (PossiblePrototype) { 13361 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 13362 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 13363 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 13364 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 13365 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 13366 Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(), 13367 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 13368 << (FD->getNumParams() != 0) 13369 << (FD->getNumParams() == 0 13370 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void") 13371 : FixItHint{}); 13372 } 13373 } else { 13374 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 13375 << /* function */ 1 13376 << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None 13377 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 13378 "static ") 13379 : FixItHint{}); 13380 } 13381 13382 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 13383 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 13384 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 13385 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 13386 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 13387 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 13388 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 13389 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 13390 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 13391 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 13392 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 13393 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 13394 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 13395 } 13396 } 13397 13398 // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body. 13399 if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body) 13400 if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) 13401 if (!CmpndBody->body_empty()) 13402 Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(), 13403 diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored); 13404 13405 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 13406 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 13407 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 13408 MD->isVirtual() && 13409 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 13410 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 13411 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 13412 if (FD->isInlined() && 13413 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 13414 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 13415 13416 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 13417 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 13418 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 13419 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 13420 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 13421 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 13422 } else { 13423 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 13424 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 13425 } 13426 } 13427 } 13428 13429 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 13430 "Function parsing confused"); 13431 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 13432 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 13433 MD->setBody(Body); 13434 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13435 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 13436 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 13437 13438 if (Body) 13439 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 13440 } 13441 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 13442 Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 13443 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 13444 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 13445 } 13446 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 13447 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 13448 bool isDesignated = 13449 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 13450 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 13451 (void)isDesignated; 13452 13453 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 13454 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 13455 if (!IFace) 13456 return false; 13457 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 13458 if (!SuperD) 13459 return false; 13460 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 13461 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 13462 }; 13463 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 13464 // of NSObject. 13465 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 13466 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 13467 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 13468 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 13469 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 13470 } 13471 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 13472 } 13473 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 13474 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 13475 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 13476 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 13477 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 13478 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 13479 } 13480 13481 diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this); 13482 } else { 13483 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope 13484 // we pushed on. 13485 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 13486 return nullptr; 13487 } 13488 13489 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 13490 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 13491 13492 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 13493 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 13494 "handled in the block above."); 13495 13496 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 13497 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 13498 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 13499 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 13500 // Verify this. 13501 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 13502 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 13503 13504 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 13505 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 13506 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 13507 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 13508 13509 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 13510 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 13511 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 13512 13513 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 13514 Destructor->getParent()); 13515 } 13516 13517 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 13518 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 13519 // deletion in some later function. 13520 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 13521 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 13522 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 13523 } 13524 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 13525 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 13526 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 13527 // enabled. 13528 ActivePolicy = &WP; 13529 } 13530 13531 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 13532 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 13533 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 13534 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13535 13536 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 13537 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 13538 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 13539 // require prologue. 13540 bool RegisterVariables = false; 13541 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 13542 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 13543 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 13544 RegisterVariables = 13545 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 13546 if (!RegisterVariables) 13547 break; 13548 } 13549 } 13550 } 13551 if (RegisterVariables) 13552 continue; 13553 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 13554 Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 13555 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 13556 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13557 break; 13558 } 13559 } 13560 } 13561 13562 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 13563 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 13564 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 13565 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 13566 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 13567 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 13568 } 13569 13570 if (!IsInstantiation) 13571 PopDeclContext(); 13572 13573 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 13574 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 13575 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 13576 // deletion in some later function. 13577 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 13578 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 13579 } 13580 13581 return dcl; 13582 } 13583 13584 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 13585 /// relevant Decl. 13586 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 13587 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 13588 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 13589 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 13590 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 13591 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs); 13592 13593 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 13594 if (Method->isStatic()) 13595 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 13596 } 13597 13598 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 13599 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 13600 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 13601 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 13602 // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding 13603 // DeclContext. 13604 // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope. 13605 // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope 13606 // instead. 13607 Scope *BlockScope = S; 13608 while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent()) 13609 BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent(); 13610 13611 Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope; 13612 while (!ContextScope->getEntity()) 13613 ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent(); 13614 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity()); 13615 13616 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 13617 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 13618 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 13619 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 13620 NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 13621 if (ExternCPrev) { 13622 // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so 13623 // that later (non-call) uses can see it. 13624 PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false); 13625 13626 // C89 footnote 38: 13627 // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int", 13628 // the behavior is undefined. 13629 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) || 13630 !Context.typesAreCompatible( 13631 cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(), 13632 Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) { 13633 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration) 13634 << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99; 13635 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13636 return ExternCPrev; 13637 } 13638 } 13639 13640 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 13641 unsigned diag_id; 13642 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 13643 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 13644 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 13645 else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 13646 diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl; 13647 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 13648 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 13649 else 13650 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 13651 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 13652 13653 // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building 13654 // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing 13655 // more to do. 13656 if (ExternCPrev) 13657 return ExternCPrev; 13658 13659 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 13660 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 13661 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 13662 TypoCorrection Corrected; 13663 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{}; 13664 if (S && (Corrected = 13665 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, 13666 S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError))) 13667 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 13668 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 13669 } 13670 13671 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 13672 const char *Dummy; 13673 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 13674 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 13675 unsigned DiagID; 13676 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 13677 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 13678 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 13679 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 13680 SourceLocation NoLoc; 13681 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::BlockContext); 13682 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 13683 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 13684 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 13685 /*Params=*/nullptr, 13686 /*NumParams=*/0, 13687 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 13688 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 13689 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 13690 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13691 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None, 13692 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 13693 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 13694 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 13695 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 13696 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 13697 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 13698 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc, 13699 Loc, D), 13700 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation()); 13701 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 13702 13703 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. 13704 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D)); 13705 FD->setImplicit(); 13706 13707 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 13708 13709 return FD; 13710 } 13711 13712 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 13713 /// the declaration of this function. 13714 /// 13715 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 13716 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 13717 /// like NSLog or printf. 13718 /// 13719 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 13720 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 13721 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 13722 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 13723 return; 13724 13725 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 13726 // actual attributes. 13727 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 13728 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 13729 unsigned FormatIdx; 13730 bool HasVAListArg; 13731 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 13732 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 13733 const char *fmt = "printf"; 13734 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 13735 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 13736 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 13737 fmt = "NSString"; 13738 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13739 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 13740 FormatIdx+1, 13741 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 13742 FD->getLocation())); 13743 } 13744 } 13745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 13746 HasVAListArg)) { 13747 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 13748 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13749 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 13750 FormatIdx+1, 13751 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 13752 FD->getLocation())); 13753 } 13754 13755 // Handle automatically recognized callbacks. 13756 SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding; 13757 if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() && 13758 Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding)) 13759 FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit( 13760 Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation())); 13761 13762 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing 13763 // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM 13764 // intrinsics for such functions. 13765 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() && 13766 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) 13767 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13768 13769 // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set 13770 // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the 13771 // C standard. 13772 const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 13773 if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) && 13774 !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) { 13775 switch (BuiltinID) { 13776 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma: 13777 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf: 13778 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal: 13779 case Builtin::BIfma: 13780 case Builtin::BIfmaf: 13781 case Builtin::BIfmal: 13782 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13783 break; 13784 default: 13785 break; 13786 } 13787 } 13788 13789 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 13790 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 13791 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13792 FD->getLocation())); 13793 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 13794 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13795 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 13796 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13797 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 13798 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13799 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 13800 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 13801 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 13802 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 13803 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 13804 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 13805 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 13806 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13807 else 13808 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13809 } 13810 } 13811 13812 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 13813 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 13814 // across. 13815 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 13816 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 13817 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 13818 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 13819 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13820 } 13821 13822 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 13823 if (!Name) 13824 return; 13825 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13826 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 13827 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 13828 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 13829 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 13830 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 13831 // about. 13832 } else 13833 return; 13834 13835 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 13836 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 13837 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 13838 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 13839 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13840 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 13841 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 13842 FD->getLocation())); 13843 } 13844 13845 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 13846 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 13847 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 13848 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 13849 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), 13850 FD->getLocation())); 13851 } 13852 } 13853 13854 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 13855 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 13856 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 13857 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 13858 13859 if (!TInfo) { 13860 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 13861 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 13862 } 13863 13864 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 13865 TypedefDecl *NewTD = 13866 TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(), 13867 D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo); 13868 13869 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 13870 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 13871 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 13872 return NewTD; 13873 } 13874 13875 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 13876 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13877 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 13878 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 13879 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 13880 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 13881 else 13882 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 13883 } 13884 13885 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 13886 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 13887 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 13888 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 13889 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 13890 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 13891 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 13892 case TST_enum: 13893 case TST_struct: 13894 case TST_interface: 13895 case TST_union: 13896 case TST_class: { 13897 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 13898 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 13899 break; 13900 } 13901 13902 default: 13903 break; 13904 } 13905 13906 return NewTD; 13907 } 13908 13909 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 13910 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 13911 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 13912 QualType T = TI->getType(); 13913 13914 if (T->isDependentType()) 13915 return false; 13916 13917 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 13918 if (BT->isInteger()) 13919 return false; 13920 13921 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 13922 return true; 13923 } 13924 13925 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 13926 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 13927 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 13928 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, 13929 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 13930 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 13931 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 13932 << Prev->isScoped(); 13933 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13934 return true; 13935 } 13936 13937 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 13938 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 13939 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 13940 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 13941 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 13942 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 13943 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 13944 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 13945 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 13946 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 13947 return true; 13948 } 13949 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 13950 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 13951 << Prev->isFixed(); 13952 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13953 return true; 13954 } 13955 13956 return false; 13957 } 13958 13959 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 13960 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 13961 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 13962 /// 13963 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 13964 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 13965 switch (Tag) { 13966 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 13967 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 13968 case TTK_Class: return 2; 13969 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 13970 } 13971 } 13972 13973 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 13974 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 13975 /// 13976 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 13977 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 13978 { 13979 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 13980 } 13981 13982 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 13983 TagTypeKind TTK) { 13984 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13985 return NTK_Typedef; 13986 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13987 return NTK_TypeAlias; 13988 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13989 return NTK_Template; 13990 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13991 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 13992 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13993 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 13994 switch (TTK) { 13995 case TTK_Struct: 13996 case TTK_Interface: 13997 case TTK_Class: 13998 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 13999 case TTK_Union: 14000 return NTK_NonUnion; 14001 case TTK_Enum: 14002 return NTK_NonEnum; 14003 } 14004 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 14005 } 14006 14007 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 14008 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 14009 /// 14010 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 14011 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 14012 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 14013 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 14014 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 14015 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 14016 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 14017 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 14018 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 14019 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 14020 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 14021 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 14022 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 14023 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 14024 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 14025 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 14026 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 14027 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 14028 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 14029 if (OldTag != NewTag && 14030 !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))) 14031 return false; 14032 14033 // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags. 14034 // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point. 14035 if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 14036 return true; 14037 14038 // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored 14039 // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg) 14040 // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if 14041 // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched 14042 // declarations. 14043 auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) { 14044 return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch, 14045 Loc); 14046 }; 14047 if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc)) 14048 return true; 14049 14050 auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) { 14051 return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation()); 14052 }; 14053 while (IsIgnored(Previous)) { 14054 Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl(); 14055 if (!Previous) 14056 return true; 14057 OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 14058 } 14059 14060 bool isTemplate = false; 14061 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 14062 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 14063 14064 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 14065 if (OldTag != NewTag) { 14066 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 14067 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 14068 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 14069 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 14070 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 14071 // FIXME: Note previous location? 14072 } 14073 return true; 14074 } 14075 14076 if (isDefinition) { 14077 // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 14078 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 14079 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 14080 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 14081 return true; 14082 } 14083 14084 bool previousMismatch = false; 14085 for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) { 14086 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 14087 // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled. 14088 if (IsIgnored(I)) 14089 continue; 14090 14091 if (!previousMismatch) { 14092 previousMismatch = true; 14093 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 14094 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 14095 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 14096 } 14097 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 14098 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 14099 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 14100 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 14101 } 14102 } 14103 return true; 14104 } 14105 14106 // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if 14107 // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior 14108 // (non-ignored) declaration. 14109 const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition(); 14110 if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef)) 14111 PrevDef = nullptr; 14112 const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous; 14113 if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 14114 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 14115 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 14116 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 14117 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 14118 14119 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 14120 if (PrevDef) { 14121 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 14122 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 14123 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 14124 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 14125 } 14126 } 14127 14128 return true; 14129 } 14130 14131 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 14132 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 14133 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 14134 /// namespace N { 14135 /// struct X; 14136 /// namespace M { 14137 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 14138 /// } 14139 /// } 14140 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 14141 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14142 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 14143 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 14144 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 14145 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 14146 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14147 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 14148 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 14149 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 14150 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 14151 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 14152 return FixItHint(); 14153 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 14154 Namespaces.push_back(II); 14155 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 14156 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 14157 if (Lookup == Namespace) 14158 break; 14159 } 14160 14161 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 14162 // build an NNS. 14163 SmallString<64> Insertion; 14164 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 14165 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 14166 OS << "::"; 14167 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 14168 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 14169 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 14170 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 14171 } 14172 14173 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 14174 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 14175 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 14176 /// using-declaration). 14177 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 14178 DeclContext *NewDC) { 14179 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 14180 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 14181 14182 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 14183 return true; 14184 14185 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 14186 // encloses the other). 14187 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 14188 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 14189 return true; 14190 14191 return false; 14192 } 14193 14194 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 14195 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 14196 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 14197 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 14198 /// 14199 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 14200 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 14201 /// 14202 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 14203 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 14204 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 14205 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 14206 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 14207 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS, 14208 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 14209 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 14210 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 14211 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 14212 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, 14213 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 14214 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 14215 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 14216 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 14217 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 14218 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 14219 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 14220 14221 OwnedDecl = false; 14222 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 14223 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 14224 14225 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 14226 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 14227 bool Invalid = false; 14228 14229 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 14230 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 14231 // for non-C++ cases. 14232 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 14233 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 14234 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 14235 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 14236 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 14237 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 14238 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14239 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 14240 return nullptr; 14241 } 14242 14243 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 14244 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 14245 // be a member of another template). 14246 14247 if (Invalid) 14248 return nullptr; 14249 14250 OwnedDecl = false; 14251 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate( 14252 S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams, 14253 AS, ModulePrivateLoc, 14254 /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 14255 TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody); 14256 return Result.get(); 14257 } else { 14258 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 14259 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 14260 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 14261 isMemberSpecialization = true; 14262 } 14263 } 14264 } 14265 14266 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 14267 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 14268 // redeclaration. 14269 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 14270 bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum; 14271 14272 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14273 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) { 14274 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 14275 // type, default to int. 14276 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14277 } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 14278 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 14279 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 14280 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 14281 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 14282 EnumUnderlying = TI; 14283 14284 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 14285 // Recover by falling back to int. 14286 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14287 14288 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 14289 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 14290 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14291 14292 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 14293 // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type 14294 // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set 14295 // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This 14296 // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming. 14297 if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 14298 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14299 } 14300 } 14301 14302 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 14303 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 14304 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 14305 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 14306 14307 RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext(); 14308 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 14309 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 14310 14311 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 14312 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 14313 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 14314 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 14315 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 14316 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 14317 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 14318 // keyword. 14319 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 14320 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 14321 14322 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14323 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 14324 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 14325 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 14326 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 14327 return nullptr; 14328 if (EnumUnderlying) { 14329 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14330 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 14331 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 14332 else 14333 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 14334 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 14335 } 14336 } else { // struct/union 14337 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14338 nullptr); 14339 } 14340 14341 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 14342 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 14343 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 14344 // 14345 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 14346 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 14347 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 14348 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 14349 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 14350 // parsing of the struct). 14351 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 14352 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 14353 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 14354 } 14355 } 14356 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 14357 return New; 14358 }; 14359 14360 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 14361 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 14362 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 14363 14364 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 14365 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 14366 Name = nullptr; 14367 goto CreateNewDecl; 14368 } 14369 14370 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 14371 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 14372 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 14373 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 14374 if (!DC) { 14375 IsDependent = true; 14376 return nullptr; 14377 } 14378 } else { 14379 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 14380 if (!DC) { 14381 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 14382 << SS.getRange(); 14383 return nullptr; 14384 } 14385 } 14386 14387 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 14388 return nullptr; 14389 14390 SearchDC = DC; 14391 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 14392 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 14393 14394 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 14395 return nullptr; 14396 14397 if (Previous.empty()) { 14398 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 14399 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 14400 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 14401 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 14402 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 14403 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 14404 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 14405 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 14406 IsDependent = true; 14407 return nullptr; 14408 } 14409 14410 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 14411 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 14412 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 14413 Name = nullptr; 14414 Invalid = true; 14415 goto CreateNewDecl; 14416 } 14417 } else if (Name) { 14418 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 14419 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 14420 // name different from T: 14421 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 14422 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 14423 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 14424 return nullptr; 14425 14426 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 14427 // declaration or definition. 14428 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 14429 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 14430 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 14431 LookupName(Previous, S); 14432 14433 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 14434 // by types using'ed into this scope. 14435 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 14436 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 14437 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 14438 while (F.hasNext()) { 14439 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 14440 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 14441 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 14442 F.erase(); 14443 } 14444 F.done(); 14445 } 14446 14447 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 14448 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 14449 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 14450 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 14451 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 14452 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 14453 // 14454 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 14455 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 14456 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 14457 // 14458 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 14459 // semantic context? 14460 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14461 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 14462 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 14463 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 14464 while (F.hasNext()) { 14465 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 14466 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14467 if (DC->isFileContext() && 14468 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 14469 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 14470 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 14471 else 14472 F.erase(); 14473 } 14474 } 14475 F.done(); 14476 14477 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 14478 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 14479 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 14480 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 14481 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 14482 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 14483 } 14484 } 14485 14486 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 14487 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 14488 return nullptr; 14489 14490 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 14491 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 14492 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 14493 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 14494 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 14495 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 14496 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 14497 } 14498 } 14499 14500 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 14501 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 14502 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14503 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 14504 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14505 Previous.clear(); 14506 } 14507 14508 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 14509 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 14510 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 14511 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 14512 isStdBadAlloc = true; 14513 14514 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 14515 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 14516 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 14517 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 14518 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 14519 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 14520 isStdAlignValT = true; 14521 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 14522 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 14523 } 14524 } 14525 14526 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 14527 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 14528 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 14529 // there's a shadow friend decl. 14530 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 14531 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 14532 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 14533 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 14534 14535 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 14536 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 14537 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 14538 // 14539 // class-key identifier 14540 // 14541 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 14542 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 14543 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 14544 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 14545 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 14546 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 14547 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 14548 // declaration. 14549 // 14550 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 14551 // C structs and unions. 14552 // 14553 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 14554 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 14555 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 14556 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 14557 // 14558 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 14559 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 14560 // 14561 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 14562 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 14563 // lexical context, 14564 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 14565 14566 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 14567 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 14568 } else { 14569 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 14570 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 14571 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 14572 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 14573 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 14574 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 14575 } 14576 14577 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 14578 // diagnose some problems. 14579 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 14580 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 14581 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 14582 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 14583 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14584 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 14585 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 14586 } else { 14587 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 14588 LookupName(Previous, S); 14589 } 14590 } 14591 14592 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 14593 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 14594 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 14595 14596 if (!Previous.empty()) { 14597 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 14598 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 14599 14600 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 14601 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 14602 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 14603 // in C++. 14604 // 14605 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 14606 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 14607 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 14608 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 14609 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14610 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14611 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 14612 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 14613 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 14614 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 14615 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 14616 PrevDecl = Tag; 14617 Previous.clear(); 14618 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 14619 Previous.resolveKind(); 14620 } 14621 } 14622 } 14623 } 14624 14625 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 14626 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 14627 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 14628 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 14629 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 14630 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 14631 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 14632 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 14633 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 14634 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 14635 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 14636 diag::note_using_decl_target); 14637 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 14638 << 0; 14639 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 14640 Previous.clear(); 14641 goto CreateNewDecl; 14642 } 14643 } 14644 14645 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14646 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 14647 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 14648 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 14649 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 14650 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 14651 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 14652 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 14653 // struct or something similar. 14654 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 14655 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 14656 Name)) { 14657 bool SafeToContinue 14658 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 14659 Kind != TTK_Enum); 14660 if (SafeToContinue) 14661 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 14662 << Name 14663 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 14664 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 14665 else 14666 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 14667 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 14668 14669 if (SafeToContinue) 14670 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 14671 else { 14672 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 14673 Name = nullptr; 14674 Previous.clear(); 14675 Invalid = true; 14676 } 14677 } 14678 14679 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 14680 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 14681 14682 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 14683 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 14684 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14685 if (ScopedEnum) 14686 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 14687 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 14688 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 14689 return PrevTagDecl; 14690 } 14691 14692 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 14693 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 14694 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 14695 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 14696 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 14697 14698 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 14699 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 14700 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 14701 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 14702 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 14703 IsFixed, PrevEnum)) 14704 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 14705 } 14706 14707 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 14708 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 14709 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 14710 // and then later defined. 14711 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 14712 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 14713 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 14714 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14715 } 14716 14717 if (!Invalid) { 14718 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 14719 // we have attributes. 14720 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14721 if (!Attrs.empty()) { 14722 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 14723 // declaration to hold them. 14724 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 14725 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 14726 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 14727 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 14728 SS.isEmpty()) { 14729 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 14730 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 14731 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 14732 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 14733 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 14734 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 14735 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 14736 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 14737 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 14738 return PrevTagDecl; 14739 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 14740 // that scope. 14741 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 14742 } else { 14743 return PrevTagDecl; 14744 } 14745 } 14746 14747 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 14748 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 14749 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 14750 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 14751 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 14752 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 14753 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 14754 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 14755 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 14756 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 14757 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 14758 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 14759 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 14760 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 14761 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 14762 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 14763 } 14764 14765 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 14766 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 14767 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 14768 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 14769 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 14770 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 14771 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 14772 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 14773 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 14774 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 14775 // use it in place of this one. 14776 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14777 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 14778 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 14779 // comparison. 14780 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 14781 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 14782 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 14783 return Def; 14784 } else { 14785 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 14786 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 14787 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 14788 // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll 14789 // skip starting the definitiion later. 14790 } 14791 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 14792 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 14793 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 14794 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 14795 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 14796 else 14797 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 14798 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 14799 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 14800 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 14801 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 14802 // references get the previous definition. 14803 Name = nullptr; 14804 Previous.clear(); 14805 Invalid = true; 14806 } 14807 } else { 14808 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 14809 // about a nested redefinition. 14810 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 14811 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 14812 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 14813 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 14814 diag::note_previous_definition); 14815 Name = nullptr; 14816 Previous.clear(); 14817 Invalid = true; 14818 } 14819 } 14820 14821 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 14822 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 14823 } 14824 14825 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 14826 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 14827 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 14828 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 14829 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 14830 AS = AS_none; 14831 } 14832 } 14833 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 14834 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 14835 14836 } else { 14837 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 14838 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 14839 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 14840 // have distinct types. 14841 Previous.clear(); 14842 } 14843 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 14844 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 14845 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 14846 14847 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 14848 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 14849 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 14850 } else { 14851 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 14852 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 14853 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 14854 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 14855 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 14856 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 14857 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 14858 << Kind; 14859 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 14860 Invalid = true; 14861 14862 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 14863 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 14864 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 14865 // do nothing 14866 14867 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 14868 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14869 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 14870 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 14871 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 14872 Invalid = true; 14873 14874 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 14875 // case here. 14876 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14877 unsigned Kind = 0; 14878 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 14879 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 14880 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 14881 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 14882 Invalid = true; 14883 14884 // Otherwise, diagnose. 14885 } else { 14886 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 14887 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 14888 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 14889 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 14890 Name = nullptr; 14891 Invalid = true; 14892 } 14893 14894 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 14895 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 14896 Previous.clear(); 14897 } 14898 } 14899 14900 CreateNewDecl: 14901 14902 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 14903 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 14904 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 14905 14906 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 14907 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 14908 // keyword. 14909 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 14910 14911 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 14912 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 14913 // PrevDecl. 14914 TagDecl *New; 14915 14916 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14917 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 14918 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 14919 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14920 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 14921 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 14922 14923 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 14924 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14925 14926 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 14927 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 14928 TagDecl *Def; 14929 if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 14930 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 14931 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 14932 } 14933 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 14934 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 14935 << New; 14936 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14937 } else { 14938 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 14939 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 14940 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 14941 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14942 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 14943 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 14944 } 14945 } 14946 14947 if (EnumUnderlying) { 14948 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14949 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 14950 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 14951 else 14952 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 14953 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 14954 assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete"); 14955 } 14956 } else { 14957 // struct/union/class 14958 14959 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 14960 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 14961 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14962 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 14963 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14964 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 14965 14966 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 14967 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 14968 } else 14969 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14970 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 14971 } 14972 14973 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 14974 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 14975 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 14976 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 14977 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 14978 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14979 Invalid = true; 14980 } 14981 14982 if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition && 14983 DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { 14984 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) 14985 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14986 Invalid = true; 14987 } 14988 14989 // Maybe add qualifier info. 14990 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 14991 if (SS.isSet()) { 14992 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 14993 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. 14994 if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 14995 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc, 14996 isMemberSpecialization)) 14997 Invalid = true; 14998 14999 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 15000 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 15001 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 15002 } 15003 } 15004 else 15005 Invalid = true; 15006 } 15007 15008 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 15009 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 15010 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 15011 // 15012 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 15013 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 15014 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 15015 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 15016 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 15017 // parsing of the struct). 15018 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 15019 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 15020 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 15021 } 15022 } 15023 15024 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 15025 if (isMemberSpecialization) 15026 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 15027 << 2 15028 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 15029 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 15030 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 15031 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 15032 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 15033 New->setModulePrivate(); 15034 } 15035 15036 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 15037 // check the specialization. 15038 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 15039 Invalid = true; 15040 15041 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 15042 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 15043 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 15044 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 15045 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 15046 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15047 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 15048 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 15049 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 15050 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 15051 << Name; 15052 Invalid = true; 15053 } 15054 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 15055 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 15056 } 15057 } 15058 15059 if (Invalid) 15060 New->setInvalidDecl(); 15061 15062 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 15063 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 15064 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 15065 15066 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 15067 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 15068 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 15069 // the tag name visible. 15070 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 15071 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 15072 15073 // Set the access specifier. 15074 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 15075 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 15076 15077 if (PrevDecl) 15078 CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl); 15079 15080 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) 15081 New->startDefinition(); 15082 15083 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 15084 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 15085 15086 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 15087 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15088 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 15089 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 15090 if (PrevDecl) 15091 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 15092 15093 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 15094 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 15095 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 15096 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 15097 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 15098 } else if (Name) { 15099 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15100 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true); 15101 } else { 15102 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15103 } 15104 15105 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 15106 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 15107 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 15108 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 15109 II->isStr("FILE")) 15110 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 15111 15112 if (PrevDecl) 15113 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 15114 15115 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 15116 // record. 15117 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 15118 15119 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 15120 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 15121 15122 OwnedDecl = true; 15123 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 15124 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 15125 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15126 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 15127 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 15128 RD->completeDefinition(); 15129 return nullptr; 15130 } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) { 15131 return SkipBody->Previous; 15132 } else { 15133 return New; 15134 } 15135 } 15136 15137 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 15138 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15139 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 15140 15141 // Enter the tag context. 15142 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 15143 15144 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 15145 15146 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 15147 // record. 15148 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 15149 } 15150 15151 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 15152 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 15153 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 15154 return false; 15155 15156 // Make the previous decl visible. 15157 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 15158 return true; 15159 } 15160 15161 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 15162 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 15163 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 15164 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 15165 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 15166 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 15167 CurContext = OCD; 15168 return IDecl; 15169 } 15170 15171 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 15172 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 15173 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 15174 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15175 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15176 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 15177 15178 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 15179 15180 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 15181 return; 15182 15183 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 15184 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 15185 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 15186 15187 // C++ [class]p2: 15188 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 15189 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 15190 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 15191 // as if it were a public member name. 15192 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create( 15193 Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(), 15194 Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(), 15195 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 15196 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 15197 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 15198 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 15199 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 15200 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 15201 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 15202 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 15203 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 15204 "Broken injected-class-name"); 15205 } 15206 15207 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 15208 SourceRange BraceRange) { 15209 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15210 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 15211 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 15212 15213 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 15214 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 15215 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 15216 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 15217 RD->completeDefinition(); 15218 } 15219 15220 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 15221 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 15222 } 15223 15224 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 15225 PopDeclContext(); 15226 15227 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 15228 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 15229 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 15230 15231 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 15232 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 15233 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 15234 } 15235 15236 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 15237 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 15238 PopDeclContext(); 15239 } 15240 15241 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 15242 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 15243 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 15244 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 15245 } 15246 15247 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 15248 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 15249 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 15250 } 15251 15252 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 15253 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15254 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 15255 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 15256 15257 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 15258 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 15259 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 15260 RD->completeDefinition(); 15261 } 15262 15263 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 15264 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 15265 // the FieldCollector. 15266 15267 PopDeclContext(); 15268 } 15269 15270 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 15271 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 15272 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 15273 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 15274 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 15275 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 15276 if (ZeroWidth) 15277 *ZeroWidth = true; 15278 15279 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 15280 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 15281 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 15282 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 15283 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 15284 return ExprError(); 15285 if (FieldName) 15286 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 15287 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 15288 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 15289 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 15290 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 15291 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 15292 return ExprError(); 15293 15294 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 15295 // it now. 15296 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 15297 return BitWidth; 15298 15299 llvm::APSInt Value; 15300 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 15301 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 15302 return ICE; 15303 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 15304 15305 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 15306 *ZeroWidth = false; 15307 15308 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 15309 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 15310 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 15311 15312 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 15313 if (FieldName) 15314 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 15315 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 15316 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 15317 << Value.toString(10); 15318 } 15319 15320 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 15321 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 15322 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 15323 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 15324 15325 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 15326 // ABI. 15327 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 15328 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 15329 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 15330 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 15331 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 15332 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 15333 unsigned DiagWidth = 15334 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 15335 if (FieldName) 15336 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15337 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 15338 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 15339 15340 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15341 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 15342 << DiagWidth; 15343 } 15344 15345 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 15346 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 15347 // 'bool'. 15348 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 15349 if (FieldName) 15350 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15351 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 15352 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 15353 else 15354 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15355 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 15356 } 15357 } 15358 15359 return BitWidth; 15360 } 15361 15362 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 15363 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 15364 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 15365 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 15366 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 15367 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 15368 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 15369 return Res; 15370 } 15371 15372 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 15373 /// 15374 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 15375 SourceLocation DeclStart, 15376 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 15377 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 15378 AccessSpecifier AS) { 15379 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 15380 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 15381 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 15382 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 15383 return nullptr; 15384 } 15385 15386 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 15387 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 15388 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 15389 15390 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 15391 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 15392 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15393 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 15394 15395 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 15396 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 15397 D.setInvalidType(); 15398 T = Context.IntTy; 15399 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 15400 } 15401 } 15402 15403 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 15404 15405 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 15406 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 15407 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 15408 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 15409 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 15410 diag::err_invalid_thread) 15411 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 15412 15413 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 15414 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 15415 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 15416 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 15417 LookupName(Previous, S); 15418 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 15419 case LookupResult::Found: 15420 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 15421 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 15422 break; 15423 15424 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 15425 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 15426 break; 15427 15428 case LookupResult::NotFound: 15429 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 15430 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 15431 break; 15432 } 15433 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 15434 15435 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15436 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15437 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 15438 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15439 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15440 } 15441 15442 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 15443 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15444 15445 bool Mutable 15446 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 15447 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc(); 15448 FieldDecl *NewFD 15449 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 15450 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 15451 15452 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 15453 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15454 15455 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 15456 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 15457 15458 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 15459 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 15460 // with the same name in the same scope. 15461 } else if (II) { 15462 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 15463 } else 15464 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 15465 15466 return NewFD; 15467 } 15468 15469 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 15470 /// 15471 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 15472 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 15473 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 15474 /// created. 15475 /// 15476 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 15477 /// 15478 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 15479 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 15480 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 15481 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 15482 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 15483 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 15484 SourceLocation TSSL, 15485 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 15486 Declarator *D) { 15487 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 15488 bool InvalidDecl = false; 15489 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 15490 15491 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 15492 // marking this declaration as invalid. 15493 if (T.isNull()) { 15494 InvalidDecl = true; 15495 T = Context.IntTy; 15496 } 15497 15498 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 15499 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15500 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 15501 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 15502 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15503 InvalidDecl = true; 15504 } else { 15505 NamedDecl *Def; 15506 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 15507 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 15508 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15509 InvalidDecl = true; 15510 } 15511 } 15512 } 15513 15514 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space 15515 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() || 15516 T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) { 15517 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 15518 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15519 InvalidDecl = true; 15520 } 15521 15522 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 15523 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 15524 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 15525 if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() || 15526 T->isBlockPointerType()) { 15527 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 15528 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15529 InvalidDecl = true; 15530 } 15531 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 15532 if (BitWidth) { 15533 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 15534 InvalidDecl = true; 15535 } 15536 } 15537 15538 // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229). 15539 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth && 15540 T.hasQualifiers()) { 15541 InvalidDecl = true; 15542 Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers); 15543 } 15544 15545 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 15546 // than a variably modified type. 15547 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 15548 bool SizeIsNegative; 15549 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 15550 15551 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 15552 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 15553 SizeIsNegative, 15554 Oversized); 15555 if (FixedTInfo) { 15556 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 15557 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 15558 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 15559 } else { 15560 if (SizeIsNegative) 15561 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 15562 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 15563 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 15564 << Oversized.toString(10); 15565 else 15566 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 15567 InvalidDecl = true; 15568 } 15569 } 15570 15571 // Fields can not have abstract class types 15572 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 15573 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 15574 AbstractFieldType)) 15575 InvalidDecl = true; 15576 15577 bool ZeroWidth = false; 15578 if (InvalidDecl) 15579 BitWidth = nullptr; 15580 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 15581 if (BitWidth) { 15582 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 15583 &ZeroWidth).get(); 15584 if (!BitWidth) { 15585 InvalidDecl = true; 15586 BitWidth = nullptr; 15587 ZeroWidth = false; 15588 } 15589 } 15590 15591 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 15592 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 15593 unsigned DiagID = 0; 15594 if (T->isReferenceType()) 15595 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 15596 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 15597 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 15598 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 15599 15600 if (DiagID) { 15601 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 15602 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 15603 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 15604 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 15605 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 15606 Mutable = false; 15607 InvalidDecl = true; 15608 } 15609 } 15610 } 15611 15612 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 15613 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 15614 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 15615 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 15616 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 15617 15618 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 15619 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 15620 if (InvalidDecl) 15621 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15622 15623 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15624 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 15625 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15626 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15627 } 15628 15629 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15630 if (Record->isUnion()) { 15631 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15632 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 15633 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 15634 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 15635 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 15636 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 15637 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 15638 // objects. 15639 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 15640 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15641 } 15642 } 15643 15644 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 15645 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 15646 // enabled. 15647 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 15648 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 15649 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 15650 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 15651 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 15652 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 15653 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15654 } 15655 } 15656 } 15657 15658 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 15659 // representation, not a parser representation. 15660 if (D) { 15661 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 15662 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 15663 15664 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 15665 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 15666 } 15667 15668 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 15669 // retainable type. 15670 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 15671 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15672 15673 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 15674 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 15675 15676 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 15677 return NewFD; 15678 } 15679 15680 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 15681 assert(FD); 15682 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 15683 15684 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 15685 return false; 15686 15687 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15688 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15689 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 15690 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 15691 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 15692 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 15693 // copy constructors. 15694 15695 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 15696 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 15697 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 15698 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 15699 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 15700 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 15701 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 15702 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 15703 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 15704 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 15705 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 15706 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 15707 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 15708 member = CXXDestructor; 15709 15710 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 15711 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 15712 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 15713 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 15714 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 15715 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 15716 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 15717 // members unavailable. 15718 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 15719 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 15720 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 15721 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 15722 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 15723 return false; 15724 } 15725 } 15726 15727 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 15728 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 15729 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 15730 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 15731 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 15732 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 15733 } 15734 } 15735 } 15736 15737 return false; 15738 } 15739 15740 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 15741 /// AST enum value. 15742 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 15743 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 15744 switch (ivarVisibility) { 15745 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 15746 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 15747 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 15748 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 15749 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 15750 } 15751 } 15752 15753 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 15754 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 15755 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 15756 SourceLocation DeclStart, 15757 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 15758 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 15759 15760 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 15761 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 15762 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 15763 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 15764 15765 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 15766 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 15767 15768 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 15769 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 15770 15771 if (BitWidth) { 15772 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 15773 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 15774 if (!BitWidth) 15775 D.setInvalidType(); 15776 } else { 15777 // Not a bitfield. 15778 15779 // validate II. 15780 15781 } 15782 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 15783 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 15784 D.setInvalidType(); 15785 } 15786 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 15787 // than a variably modified type. 15788 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 15789 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 15790 D.setInvalidType(); 15791 } 15792 15793 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 15794 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 15795 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 15796 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 15797 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 15798 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 15799 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 15800 return nullptr; 15801 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 15802 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 15803 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15804 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 15805 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 15806 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 15807 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 15808 } 15809 else 15810 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 15811 } else { 15812 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 15813 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15814 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 15815 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 15816 return nullptr; 15817 } 15818 } 15819 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 15820 } 15821 15822 // Construct the decl. 15823 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 15824 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 15825 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 15826 15827 if (II) { 15828 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 15829 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 15830 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 15831 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15832 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 15833 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15834 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 15835 } 15836 } 15837 15838 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 15839 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 15840 15841 if (D.isInvalidType()) 15842 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 15843 15844 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 15845 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 15846 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 15847 15848 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 15849 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 15850 15851 if (II) { 15852 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 15853 // these to the interface. 15854 S->AddDecl(NewID); 15855 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 15856 } 15857 15858 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 15859 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 15860 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 15861 15862 return NewID; 15863 } 15864 15865 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 15866 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 15867 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 15868 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 15869 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 15870 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 15871 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 15872 return; 15873 15874 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 15875 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 15876 15877 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 15878 return; 15879 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 15880 if (!ID) { 15881 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 15882 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 15883 return; 15884 } 15885 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 15886 else 15887 return; 15888 } 15889 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 15890 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 15891 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 15892 15893 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 15894 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 15895 Context.CharTy, 15896 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 15897 DeclLoc), 15898 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 15899 true); 15900 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 15901 } 15902 15903 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 15904 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 15905 SourceLocation RBrac, 15906 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 15907 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 15908 15909 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 15910 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 15911 // it will now change. 15912 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15913 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 15914 switch (DC->getKind()) { 15915 default: break; 15916 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 15917 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 15918 break; 15919 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 15920 Context. 15921 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 15922 break; 15923 } 15924 } 15925 15926 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 15927 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 15928 15929 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 15930 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 15931 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 15932 if (Record) { 15933 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 15934 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 15935 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 15936 ++NumNamedMembers; 15937 } 15938 } 15939 15940 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 15941 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 15942 15943 bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; 15944 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 15945 i != end; ++i) { 15946 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 15947 15948 // Get the type for the field. 15949 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 15950 15951 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 15952 // Remember all fields written by the user. 15953 RecFields.push_back(FD); 15954 } 15955 15956 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 15957 // diagnostics about it. 15958 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 15959 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15960 continue; 15961 } 15962 15963 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 15964 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 15965 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 15966 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 15967 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 15968 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 15969 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 15970 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 15971 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 15972 // array. 15973 bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end()); 15974 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 15975 // Field declared as a function. 15976 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 15977 << FD->getDeclName(); 15978 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15979 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15980 continue; 15981 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && 15982 (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) { 15983 if (Record) { 15984 // Flexible array member. 15985 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 15986 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 15987 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 15988 unsigned DiagID = 0; 15989 if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) { 15990 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) 15991 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind(); 15992 Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration); 15993 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15994 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15995 continue; 15996 } else if (Record->isUnion()) 15997 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 15998 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 15999 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 16000 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 16001 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 16002 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 16003 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 16004 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 16005 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 16006 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 16007 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 16008 16009 if (DiagID) 16010 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 16011 << Record->getTagKind(); 16012 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 16013 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 16014 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 16015 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 16016 // of the type. 16017 if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0) 16018 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 16019 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 16020 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 16021 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 16022 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 16023 16024 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 16025 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 16026 // 16027 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 16028 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 16029 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 16030 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 16031 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 16032 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 16033 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16034 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16035 continue; 16036 } 16037 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 16038 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 16039 } else { 16040 // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted, 16041 // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done 16042 // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known. 16043 } 16044 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 16045 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 16046 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 16047 // Incomplete type 16048 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16049 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16050 continue; 16051 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16052 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 16053 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 16054 // flexible array member. 16055 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 16056 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 16057 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 16058 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 16059 // structures. 16060 if (!IsLastField) 16061 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 16062 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 16063 else { 16064 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 16065 // other structs as an extension. 16066 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 16067 << FD->getDeclName(); 16068 } 16069 } 16070 } 16071 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 16072 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 16073 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 16074 AbstractIvarType)) { 16075 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 16076 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16077 } 16078 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 16079 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16080 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 16081 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 16082 if (Record && Record->isUnion() && 16083 FD->getType().isNonTrivialPrimitiveCType(Context)) 16084 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 16085 diag::err_nontrivial_primitive_type_in_union); 16086 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 16087 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 16088 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 16089 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 16090 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 16091 FD->setType(T); 16092 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && 16093 Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && Record->isUnion() && 16094 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16095 // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. 16096 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 16097 // so we just make the field unavailable. 16098 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 16099 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 16100 QualType T = FD->getType(); 16101 if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { 16102 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 16103 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 16104 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 16105 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 16106 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 16107 } 16108 } else { 16109 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 16110 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 16111 } 16112 ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; 16113 } 16114 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 16115 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 16116 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 16117 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 16118 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 16119 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16120 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 16121 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 16122 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 16123 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 16124 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16125 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 16126 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 16127 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16128 } 16129 } 16130 16131 if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 16132 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 16133 if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) 16134 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true); 16135 QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(); 16136 if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) 16137 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true); 16138 if (FT.isDestructedType()) { 16139 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true); 16140 Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true); 16141 } 16142 16143 if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16144 if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() == 16145 RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs) 16146 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 16147 } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) 16148 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 16149 } 16150 16151 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 16152 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 16153 // Keep track of the number of named members. 16154 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 16155 ++NumNamedMembers; 16156 } 16157 16158 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 16159 if (Record) { 16160 bool Completed = false; 16161 if (CXXRecord) { 16162 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 16163 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 16164 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 16165 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 16166 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 16167 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 16168 } 16169 16170 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 16171 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 16172 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 16173 16174 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 16175 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 16176 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 16177 // problem now. 16178 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 16179 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 16180 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 16181 16182 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 16183 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 16184 M != MEnd; ++M) { 16185 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 16186 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 16187 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 16188 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 16189 "Virtual function without overriding functions?"); 16190 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 16191 continue; 16192 16193 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 16194 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 16195 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 16196 // program is ill-formed. 16197 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 16198 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 16199 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 16200 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 16201 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 16202 OM = SO->second.begin(), 16203 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 16204 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 16205 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 16206 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 16207 16208 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16209 } 16210 } 16211 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 16212 Completed = true; 16213 } 16214 } 16215 } 16216 } 16217 16218 if (!Completed) 16219 Record->completeDefinition(); 16220 16221 // Handle attributes before checking the layout. 16222 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs); 16223 16224 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 16225 if (CXXRecord) { 16226 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 16227 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 16228 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) { 16229 CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted(); 16230 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 16231 } 16232 } 16233 16234 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 16235 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 16236 16237 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 16238 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 16239 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 16240 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 16241 } 16242 16243 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 16244 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 16245 // compatibility problems. 16246 bool CheckForZeroSize; 16247 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16248 CheckForZeroSize = true; 16249 } else { 16250 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 16251 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 16252 CheckForZeroSize = 16253 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 16254 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 16255 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 16256 } 16257 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 16258 bool ZeroSize = true; 16259 bool IsEmpty = true; 16260 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 16261 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 16262 E = Record->field_end(); 16263 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 16264 IsEmpty = false; 16265 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 16266 if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 16267 ZeroSize = false; 16268 } else { 16269 ++NonBitFields; 16270 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 16271 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 16272 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 16273 ZeroSize = false; 16274 } 16275 } 16276 16277 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 16278 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 16279 // extern "C" block. 16280 if (ZeroSize) { 16281 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 16282 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 16283 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 16284 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 16285 } 16286 16287 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 16288 // but are accepted by GCC. 16289 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16290 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 16291 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 16292 << Record->isUnion(); 16293 } 16294 } 16295 } else { 16296 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 16297 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 16298 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16299 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 16300 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 16301 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16302 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 16303 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 16304 } 16305 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 16306 // duplicates. 16307 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 16308 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 16309 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 16310 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16311 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 16312 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 16313 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 16314 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 16315 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 16316 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 16317 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 16318 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 16319 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 16320 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16321 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 16322 // reported as errors elsewhere. 16323 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 16324 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 16325 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 16326 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 16327 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 16328 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16329 if (IDecl) { 16330 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 16331 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 16332 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 16333 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 16334 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16335 continue; 16336 } 16337 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 16338 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 16339 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 16340 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 16341 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 16342 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16343 continue; 16344 } 16345 } 16346 } 16347 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 16348 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 16349 } 16350 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 16351 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 16352 } 16353 } 16354 } 16355 16356 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 16357 /// the given type T. 16358 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 16359 llvm::APSInt &Value, 16360 QualType T) { 16361 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) && 16362 "Integral type required!"); 16363 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 16364 16365 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 16366 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 16367 --BitWidth; 16368 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 16369 } 16370 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 16371 } 16372 16373 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 16374 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 16375 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 16376 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 16377 // enum checking below. 16378 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || 16379 T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!"); 16380 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 16381 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 16382 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 16383 }; 16384 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 16385 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 16386 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 16387 }; 16388 16389 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 16390 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 16391 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 16392 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 16393 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 16394 return Types[I]; 16395 16396 return QualType(); 16397 } 16398 16399 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 16400 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 16401 SourceLocation IdLoc, 16402 IdentifierInfo *Id, 16403 Expr *Val) { 16404 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 16405 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 16406 QualType EltTy; 16407 16408 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 16409 Val = nullptr; 16410 16411 if (Val) 16412 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 16413 16414 if (Val) { 16415 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 16416 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 16417 else { 16418 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 16419 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 16420 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 16421 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 16422 // constant expression of the underlying type. 16423 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16424 ExprResult Converted = 16425 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 16426 CCEK_Enumerator); 16427 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 16428 Val = nullptr; 16429 else 16430 Val = Converted.get(); 16431 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 16432 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 16433 &EnumVal).get())) { 16434 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 16435 } else { 16436 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 16437 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16438 16439 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 16440 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 16441 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 16442 // expression checking. 16443 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 16444 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 16445 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 16446 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 16447 } else 16448 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 16449 } else 16450 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 16451 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 16452 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 16453 .get(); 16454 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16455 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 16456 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 16457 // is the type of its initializing value: 16458 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 16459 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 16460 EltTy = Val->getType(); 16461 } else { 16462 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 16463 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 16464 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 16465 // representable as an int. 16466 16467 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 16468 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 16469 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 16470 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 16471 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 16472 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 16473 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 16474 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 16475 } 16476 EltTy = Val->getType(); 16477 } 16478 } 16479 } 16480 } 16481 16482 if (!Val) { 16483 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 16484 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 16485 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 16486 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 16487 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 16488 // is the type of its initializing value: 16489 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 16490 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 16491 // 16492 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 16493 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 16494 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 16495 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16496 } 16497 else { 16498 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 16499 } 16500 } else { 16501 // Assign the last value + 1. 16502 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 16503 ++EnumVal; 16504 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 16505 16506 // Check for overflow on increment. 16507 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 16508 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 16509 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 16510 // is the type of its initializing value: 16511 // 16512 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 16513 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 16514 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 16515 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 16516 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 16517 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 16518 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 16519 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 16520 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 16521 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 16522 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 16523 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 16524 ++EnumVal; 16525 if (Enum->isFixed()) 16526 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 16527 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 16528 << EnumVal.toString(10) 16529 << EltTy; 16530 else 16531 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 16532 << EnumVal.toString(10); 16533 } else { 16534 EltTy = T; 16535 } 16536 16537 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 16538 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 16539 // value, then increment. 16540 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 16541 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 16542 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 16543 ++EnumVal; 16544 16545 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 16546 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 16547 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 16548 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 16549 // integral type. 16550 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 16551 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 16552 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 16553 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 16554 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 16555 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 16556 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 16557 } 16558 } 16559 } 16560 16561 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 16562 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 16563 // enumerator's type. 16564 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 16565 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 16566 } 16567 16568 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 16569 Val, EnumVal); 16570 } 16571 16572 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 16573 SourceLocation IILoc) { 16574 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 16575 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16576 return SkipBodyInfo(); 16577 16578 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 16579 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 16580 // skip the body. 16581 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 16582 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 16583 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 16584 if (!PrevECD) 16585 return SkipBodyInfo(); 16586 16587 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 16588 NamedDecl *Hidden; 16589 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 16590 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 16591 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 16592 return Skip; 16593 } 16594 16595 return SkipBodyInfo(); 16596 } 16597 16598 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 16599 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 16600 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, 16601 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 16602 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 16603 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 16604 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 16605 16606 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 16607 // we find one that is. 16608 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 16609 16610 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 16611 // scope. 16612 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration); 16613 LookupName(R, S); 16614 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 16615 16616 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 16617 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 16618 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 16619 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 16620 PrevDecl = nullptr; 16621 } 16622 16623 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 16624 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 16625 // different from T: 16626 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 16627 // enumerated type 16628 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 16629 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 16630 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 16631 16632 EnumConstantDecl *New = 16633 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 16634 if (!New) 16635 return nullptr; 16636 16637 if (PrevDecl) { 16638 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16639 // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled. 16640 CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R); 16641 } 16642 16643 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 16644 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 16645 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 16646 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 16647 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 16648 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 16649 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 16650 else 16651 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 16652 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 16653 return nullptr; 16654 } 16655 } 16656 16657 // Process attributes. 16658 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 16659 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 16660 16661 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 16662 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 16663 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 16664 16665 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 16666 16667 return New; 16668 } 16669 16670 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 16671 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 16672 // Element2 = Element1 16673 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 16674 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 16675 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 16676 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 16677 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 16678 if (!InitExpr) 16679 return true; 16680 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 16681 16682 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 16683 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 16684 return true; 16685 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 16686 if (!IL) 16687 return true; 16688 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 16689 return true; 16690 16691 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 16692 } 16693 16694 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 16695 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 16696 if (!DRE) 16697 return true; 16698 16699 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 16700 if (!EnumConstant) 16701 return true; 16702 16703 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 16704 Enum) 16705 return true; 16706 16707 return false; 16708 } 16709 16710 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 16711 // a previous element has already been set to. 16712 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 16713 EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) { 16714 // Avoid anonymous enums 16715 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 16716 return; 16717 16718 // Only check for small enums. 16719 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 16720 return; 16721 16722 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 16723 return; 16724 16725 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 16726 typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector; 16727 16728 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 16729 typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap; 16730 16731 // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for DenseMap keys. 16732 auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) { 16733 llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal(); 16734 return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(); 16735 }; 16736 16737 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 16738 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 16739 16740 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 16741 // an initializer. 16742 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 16743 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 16744 16745 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 16746 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 16747 if (!ECD) { 16748 return; 16749 } 16750 16751 // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop. 16752 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 16753 continue; 16754 16755 // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop. 16756 EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD}); 16757 } 16758 16759 if (EnumMap.size() == 0) 16760 return; 16761 16762 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 16763 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 16764 // The last loop returned if any constant was null. 16765 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 16766 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 16767 continue; 16768 16769 auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD)); 16770 if (Iter == EnumMap.end()) 16771 continue; 16772 16773 DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second; 16774 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 16775 // Ensure constants are different. 16776 if (D == ECD) 16777 continue; 16778 16779 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 16780 auto Vec = llvm::make_unique<ECDVector>(); 16781 Vec->push_back(D); 16782 Vec->push_back(ECD); 16783 16784 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 16785 Entry = Vec.get(); 16786 16787 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 16788 // diagnostics. 16789 DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec)); 16790 continue; 16791 } 16792 16793 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 16794 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 16795 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 16796 continue; 16797 16798 Vec->push_back(ECD); 16799 } 16800 16801 // Emit diagnostics. 16802 for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) { 16803 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 16804 16805 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 16806 auto *FirstECD = Vec->front(); 16807 S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 16808 << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 16809 << FirstECD->getSourceRange(); 16810 16811 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 16812 // the same value. 16813 for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end())) 16814 S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 16815 << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 16816 << ECD->getSourceRange(); 16817 } 16818 } 16819 16820 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 16821 bool AllowMask) const { 16822 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 16823 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 16824 16825 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 16826 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 16827 16828 if (R.second) { 16829 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 16830 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 16831 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 16832 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 16833 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 16834 } 16835 } 16836 16837 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 16838 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 16839 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 16840 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 16841 // 16842 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 16843 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 16844 // likely a logic error. 16845 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 16846 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 16847 } 16848 16849 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 16850 Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, 16851 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 16852 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 16853 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 16854 16855 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs); 16856 16857 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 16858 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16859 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 16860 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 16861 if (!ECD) continue; 16862 16863 ECD->setType(EnumType); 16864 } 16865 16866 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 16867 return; 16868 } 16869 16870 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 16871 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 16872 // emit a warning. 16873 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 16874 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 16875 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 16876 16877 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 16878 // reverse the list. 16879 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 16880 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 16881 16882 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 16883 bool AllElementsInt = true; 16884 16885 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16886 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 16887 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 16888 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 16889 16890 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 16891 16892 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 16893 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 16894 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 16895 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 16896 else 16897 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 16898 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 16899 16900 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common). 16901 if (AllElementsInt) 16902 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 16903 } 16904 16905 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 16906 QualType BestType; 16907 unsigned BestWidth; 16908 16909 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 16910 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 16911 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 16912 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 16913 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 16914 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 16915 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 16916 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 16917 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 16918 QualType BestPromotionType; 16919 16920 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 16921 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 16922 // enum definitions. 16923 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 16924 Packed = true; 16925 16926 // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the 16927 // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators. 16928 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 16929 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16930 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 16931 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 16932 else 16933 BestPromotionType = BestType; 16934 16935 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 16936 } 16937 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 16938 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 16939 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 16940 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 16941 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 16942 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 16943 BestWidth = CharWidth; 16944 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 16945 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 16946 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 16947 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 16948 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 16949 BestType = Context.IntTy; 16950 BestWidth = IntWidth; 16951 } else { 16952 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 16953 16954 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 16955 BestType = Context.LongTy; 16956 } else { 16957 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 16958 16959 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 16960 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 16961 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 16962 } 16963 } 16964 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 16965 } else { 16966 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 16967 // all of the enumerator values. 16968 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 16969 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 16970 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 16971 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 16972 BestWidth = CharWidth; 16973 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 16974 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 16975 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 16976 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 16977 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 16978 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 16979 BestWidth = IntWidth; 16980 BestPromotionType 16981 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16982 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 16983 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 16984 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 16985 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 16986 BestPromotionType 16987 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16988 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 16989 } else { 16990 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 16991 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 16992 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 16993 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 16994 BestPromotionType 16995 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16996 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 16997 } 16998 } 16999 17000 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 17001 // the type of the enum if needed. 17002 for (auto *D : Elements) { 17003 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 17004 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 17005 17006 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 17007 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 17008 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 17009 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 17010 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 17011 17012 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 17013 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 17014 17015 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 17016 // the enum decl type. 17017 QualType NewTy; 17018 unsigned NewWidth; 17019 bool NewSign; 17020 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 17021 !Enum->isFixed() && 17022 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 17023 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 17024 NewWidth = IntWidth; 17025 NewSign = true; 17026 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 17027 // Already the right type! 17028 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17029 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 17030 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 17031 // enumeration. 17032 ECD->setType(EnumType); 17033 continue; 17034 } else { 17035 NewTy = BestType; 17036 NewWidth = BestWidth; 17037 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 17038 } 17039 17040 // Adjust the APSInt value. 17041 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 17042 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 17043 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 17044 17045 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 17046 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 17047 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 17048 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 17049 CK_IntegralCast, 17050 ECD->getInitExpr(), 17051 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 17052 VK_RValue)); 17053 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17054 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 17055 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 17056 // enumeration. 17057 ECD->setType(EnumType); 17058 else 17059 ECD->setType(NewTy); 17060 } 17061 17062 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 17063 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 17064 17065 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 17066 17067 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 17068 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 17069 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 17070 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 17071 17072 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 17073 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 17074 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 17075 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 17076 << ECD << Enum; 17077 } 17078 } 17079 17080 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 17081 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 17082 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 17083 } 17084 17085 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 17086 SourceLocation StartLoc, 17087 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 17088 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 17089 17090 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 17091 AsmString, StartLoc, 17092 EndLoc); 17093 CurContext->addDecl(New); 17094 return New; 17095 } 17096 17097 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17098 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 17099 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17100 SourceLocation NameLoc, 17101 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 17102 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 17103 LookupOrdinaryName); 17104 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 17105 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 17106 17107 // If a declaration that: 17108 // 1) declares a function or a variable 17109 // 2) has external linkage 17110 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 17111 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 17112 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 17113 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 17114 else 17115 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 17116 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 17117 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 17118 } else 17119 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 17120 } 17121 17122 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17123 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17124 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 17125 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 17126 17127 if (PrevDecl) { 17128 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 17129 } else { 17130 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 17131 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 17132 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 17133 } 17134 } 17135 17136 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17137 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 17138 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17139 SourceLocation NameLoc, 17140 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 17141 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 17142 LookupOrdinaryName); 17143 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 17144 17145 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 17146 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 17147 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 17148 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 17149 } else { 17150 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 17151 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 17152 } 17153 } 17154 17155 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 17156 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 17157 } 17158